Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / McKesson

McKesson

mck · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · McKesson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010

“In fi scal 2010, McKesson continued its track record 
of delivering outstanding stockholder returns.”

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Offi cer 
McKesson Corporation

Financial Results

*Diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits), net. For supplemental 
fi nancial data and corresponding reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see 
Appendix A to this 2010 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an 
alternative for, fi nancial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

**Assumes $100 invested in McKesson’s common stock and in each index on March 31, 2005, and reinvestment of all dividends.

Dear Fellow Stockholders:

I am pleased to report that McKesson delivered strong results in 
fiscal 2010, an achievement made all the more remarkable by the 
challenging economic environment we faced coming into the year.

Rarely in our 177-year history has the Company 
experienced an era like the present — one that offers 
so many opportunities for success and growth in 
the healthcare industry, while presenting so many 
questions about the path forward.

An important lesson to be learned from our long
and successful history is that change presents 
opportunities, and I can say with confidence that we 
are well positioned to thrive in the years ahead.

Five factors support my positive outlook for fiscal 
2011 and beyond:

1. Expanding Market for Pharmaceuticals and 
Medical Supplies

In addition to the demographic shifts driving 
long-term demand for pharmaceuticals, the
pharmaceutical market is expected to expand in the
coming years due to the new Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, which will add approximately 
32 million new patients to the healthcare system over
the next decade. The legislation also seeks to lower
healthcare costs, and pharmaceuticals offer one of 
the most cost-effective ways to treat many illnesses 
and chronic conditions. As the nation’s leading 
distributor of pharmaceuticals and medical-surgical
supplies, one with unique solutions for enhancing the 
efficiency and effectiveness of the delivery process
for these products, we stand to benefit from these 
market trends.

2. Growing Demand for Healthcare 
Information Technology

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act 
offers incentives totaling approximately $19
billion to care providers who adopt healthcare 
information technology (HIT). McKesson can help
providers qualify for these funds with our market-
leading clinical systems, analytics, and connectivity 
solutions. The need for HIT is also expected to rise
due to increased reporting requirements, initiatives 
to prevent hospital re-admissions, and complex

insurance reimbursement methods. We believe that
our unmatched HIT solution portfolio positions us 
extremely well to meet these demands.

3. Deep Customer Relationships 

With so much change occurring in healthcare,
customers are looking for strategic partners who can
help them improve their financial, operational, and 
clinical performance. As reflected in our fiscal 2010 
results, McKesson has been successful at building
broad and deep customer relationships in all areas 
of healthcare. These long-lasting partnerships open 
doors to new opportunities with existing customers, 
and they help the Company secure new business.

4. Strong Balance Sheet and Financial Flexibility 

Solid operating profit, significant cash flow, and a
strong balance sheet give McKesson the ability to
deploy capital for acquisitions, share repurchases,
and dividends. Our financial strength also allows us 
to invest in research and development, infrastructure, 
and strategic initiatives that enhance our competitive
position in the markets we serve.

5. Proven Leadership Team with a Track Record 
of Superior Performance 

Our experienced executive team has consistently
proven its ability to overcome challenges, exercise
financial discipline, and successfully execute on 
opportunities to increase stockholder value. Since 
March 31, 2006, our revenues have increased from 
$87.0 billion to $108.7 billion, a compound annual 
growth rate of 5.7%, and diluted earnings per share,
excluding adjustments for litigation charges (credits) 
net, has increased from $2.48 to $4.58, a compound 
annual growth rate of 16.6%. Reflecting our 
earnings per share growth, McKesson’s stock price
has substantially outperformed both the Value Line
Healthcare Sector Index and the S&P 500 Index.

Clearly, the coming years will bring significant
change to healthcare. We believe the trends are in 
McKesson’s favor, and, as we have demonstrated over 
our history, we consistently lead the way — creating 
exceptional value for our customers, suppliers, 
employees, and stockholders. We look forward to 
leading again in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2010: Another Year of Above-Market 
Revenue and Earnings Growth  

At McKesson, we view our financial performance as
the ultimate measure of how well we have helped 
our customers achieve their own strategic goals. Our
fiscal 2010 results show that, even in the face of one 
of the most challenging economic environments of the
past 100 years, we succeeded once again in fulfilling
this mission. We helped make our partners and our 
stockholders more successful than ever before.

I am pleased to report that McKesson’s fiscal 2010
revenues totaled $108.7 billion, with diluted earnings
per share, excluding adjustments to litigation reserves,
increasing 12.5% over the prior year to $4.58. Further,
cash flow from continuing operations was very strong 
at $2.3 billion, compared to $1.4 billion the prior year. 
McKesson’s solid performance was reflected in the 
market’s valuation of the Company: even in the midst
of a volatile year for the stock market, McKesson’s 
stock closed fiscal 2010 at $65.72, up from $35.04 at 
the beginning of the fiscal year.

Strong Performance in Distribution Solutions

In our Distribution Solutions segment we performed 
well, with solid contributions from all of our 
businesses. Highlights included the following:

(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:69)

Distribution Business

In our U.S. pharmaceutical business, we delivered
strong results despite the loss of two large
customer buying groups in our prior fiscal year.
We executed well for our branded pharmaceutical 
partners, continued to grow gross profit from our 
proprietary generics program, and realized many 
benefits from our global sourcing activities. In our 
Canadian distribution business, we grew revenues
and increased operating leverage through 
additional investment in our distribution center 
network and increased utilization of McKesson’s 
global sourcing programs.

(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:17)(cid:46)(cid:17)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:0)(cid:54)(cid:65)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)

Distribution Initiative

We successfully partnered with the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on the
H1N1 flu vaccine distribution initiative, perhaps
the largest effort of its kind in history. Since 
October 2009, we have shipped more than 126
million H1N1 vaccine doses and related medical
supplies to thousands of providers across the
country, earning high praise from our clients at 
the CDC. Never before have so many McKesson
employees from across the Company come 
together as one team for a customer, putting
on full display our operational excellence and
industry-leading capabilities.  

In total, all businesses in Distribution Solutions met or
exceeded their strategic and financial goals, and we 
expect our momentum to continue into fiscal 2011.

Better Business for Better Health

Passage of the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was an important step in expanding access to healthcare; 
it will ultimately extend coverage to approximately 32 million of the estimated 54 million Americans who lack health 
insurance today. Yet the real work of transforming the nation’s healthcare system is just beginning. 

Though government regulation is an important first step, improving healthcare is fundamentally a business challenge, 
one that can be tackled through process innovation, practice and measurement standardization, data and knowledge 
management, automation, and more. At McKesson, we know how this is done — and we have nearly two centuries of 
practice behind us. 

By partnering with our customers to show what can be done to improve the quality, efficiency and safety of healthcare, 
McKesson has been pointing the way for both private industry and government toward what must be done to create a 
healthcare system that is simultaneously high-performing, accessible, and economically sustainable.

Growing Momentum in Technology Solutions

Summary and Outlook

In Technology Solutions, we grew revenues and
increased bookings in nearly all of our businesses. We
also achieved the highest operating margin in recent
history. Additional highlights included the following:

(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:67)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:77)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:13)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)

(cid:48)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:69)(cid:67)(cid:72)(cid:78)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:0)

Early in fiscal 2010, the American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act led to increased customer
interest in our solutions. As the year progressed, 
stimulus-related purchasing accelerated, and we 
saw strong growth in new bookings in the fourth
quarter, achieving a solid finish to the year.  

(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:46)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:84)(cid:13)(cid:39)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)

(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:89)(cid:67)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)

McKesson has long been a leader in solutions
that improve provider performance by automating 
financial and administrative operations. In fiscal
2010, we extended our leadership position 
with the introduction of our next-generation 
revenue cycle system, Horizon Enterprise Revenue
Management. Healthcare reform is expected to
stimulate demand for this innovative solution as
hospitals focus on streamlining their systems and
improving their financial performance.

Across our technology businesses, we have sharpened 
our focus on execution, innovation, and collaboration,
and we maintain a positive outlook for the segment
in the coming year.

In summary, I am very pleased with our fiscal 2010 
performance, and I believe that our results position 
McKesson for continued success in fiscal 2011. 

We have leading positions in very attractive 
markets, long-standing customer relationships, and
tremendous financial strength and flexibility. Both
Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions are 
producing sound operating results and positive cash 
flow, providing strong momentum for fiscal 2011. 

Based on our outlook, in April 2010, our Board
of Directors approved a $1 billion increase in our 
share repurchase authorization, giving us additional 
flexibility to deploy our significant cash balances. 
Additionally, in May 2010, the Board approved
a change in our dividend policy, increasing the
amount of the Company’s regular quarterly dividend
by 50%, from $0.12 per share to $0.18 per share.  

With the best leadership team in the industry, an
unequaled solution portfolio, and our dedicated
team of 32,500 employees, McKesson will continue
to lead the change in healthcare, extend our long-
standing track record of performance, and advance
our mission to improve the quality, efficiency, and
safety of healthcare for all.

Thank you for your confidence and continued support.

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

John H. Hammergren

Industry Leadership

The world noticed McKesson’s success in fiscal 2010. The Company earned several significant awards recognizing our financial
success and our excellence in corporate social responsibility, employee engagement, and service quality. 

(cid:115) FORTUNE Magazine’s(cid:0)(cid:104)(cid:55)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:7)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:118)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:67)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:136)

s

This award measures

corporate reputation and performance against nine key attributes: innovation, people management, use of corporate
assets, social responsibility, quality of management, financial soundness, long-term investment, quality of products and
services, and global competitiveness. McKesson ranked number one in all nine categories.

(cid:115)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:55)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:40)(cid:73)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:136) This distinction recognizes companies for financial

performance that exceeds that of their sector while also achieving best-in-class employee engagement scores.

(cid:115) Corporate Responsibility Magazine’s (cid:104)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:16)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:90)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:118)(cid:0)(cid:136)

s

This list is based on more than 360 data points

in seven categories: environment, climate change, human rights, philanthropy, employee relations, financial performance, and
governance. McKesson ranked 44th, up from 67th in fiscal 2009.

(This page intentionally left blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(cid:95)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 
OR 

(cid:133)  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to ______ 

Commission File Number 1-13252 
McKESSON CORPORATION 
A Delaware Corporation 
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 
94-3207296 
McKesson Plaza 
One Post Street, San Francisco, CA 94104 
Telephone (415) 983-8300 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of Each Class) 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered) 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 

Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:95)     No  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 

the Act.  Yes  (cid:133)     No  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  (cid:95)     
No  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files).  Yes  (cid:95)     No  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of 
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  and 
“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):   

Large accelerated filer  (cid:95) 
Non-accelerated filer  (cid:133)  
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer  (cid:133) 
Smaller reporting company  (cid:133) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Act).   

Yes  (cid:133)     No  (cid:95) 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, 
computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter, September 2009, was approximately $16.1 billion. 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding on April 30, 2010:  271,391,624. 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by 

reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 

Page 

PART I 

1. 

Business...........................................................................................................................................  

3 

1A. 

Risk Factors.....................................................................................................................................  

1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................  

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Properties.........................................................................................................................................  

Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................................  

Reserved..........................................................................................................................................  

Executive Officers of the Registrant ...............................................................................................  

PART II 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters,  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities and Stock Price Performance Graph....................................  

Selected Financial Data ...................................................................................................................  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  .........  

7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.........................................................  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...............................................................................  

11 

22 

22 

22 

22 

23 

24 

26 

27 

49 

50 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..........  

106 

9A. 

Controls and Procedures..................................................................................................................  

106 

9B. 

Other Information............................................................................................................................  

106 

PART III 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..............................................................  

107 

Executive Compensation.................................................................................................................  

107 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters.............................................................................................................................................  

107 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .................................  

109 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services .........................................................................................  

109 

PART IV 

15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.....................................................................................  

110 

Signatures........................................................................................................................................  

111 

2 

8. 

9. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

General 

McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar pronouns), is 
a  Fortune  14  corporation  that  delivers  medicines,  pharmaceutical  supplies,  information  and  care  management 
products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry.   

The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in 

this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act,”) are available free of charge on our Web site (www.mckesson.com under 
the  “Investors  –  Financial  Information  –  SEC  Filings”  caption)  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we 
electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”  or  the 
“Commission”).  The content on any Web site referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by 
reference into this report, unless expressly noted otherwise. 

The public may also read or copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room 
at 100 F Street, NW, Washington, D.C.  20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public 
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy 
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically 
with the SEC.  The address of the website is http://www.sec.gov.  

Business Segments 

We operate in two segments.  The McKesson Distribution Solutions segment distributes ethical and proprietary 
drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and  equipment  and  health  and  beauty  care  products  throughout  North  America.  
This segment also provides specialty pharmaceutical solutions for biotech and pharmaceutical manufacturers, sells 
financial, operational and clinical solutions for pharmacies (retail, hospital, long-term care) and provides consulting, 
outsourcing and other services.  This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), one of the 
leading  pharmaceutical  distributors  in  Mexico  and  a  39%  interest  in  Parata  Systems,  LLC  (“Parata”),  which  sells 
automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient pharmacies. 

The McKesson Technology Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply 
chain,  strategic  management  software  solutions,  pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity, 
outsourcing and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations.  This 
segment  also  includes  our  Payor  group  of  businesses,  which  includes  our  InterQual®  claims  payment  solutions, 
medical  management  software  businesses  and  our  care  management  programs.    The  segment’s  customers  include 
hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and payors from North America, the United Kingdom, 
Ireland, other European countries, Asia Pacific and Israel.   

Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows: 

2010 

2009 

2008 

$  105.6
3.1

97% 
3% 
$  108.7 100% $  106.6  100%  $  101.7 100% 

97% $  103.6 
3.0 
3%  

97%  $ 
3%   

98.7
3.0

(Dollars in billions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

3 

 
 
 
Distribution Solutions 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  consists  of  the  following  businesses:  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution, 
McKesson  Canada,  Medical-Surgical  Distribution,  McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation  and  McKesson 
Specialty Care Solutions.  This segment also includes our 49% interest in Nadro and 39% interest in Parata.  

U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution:    This  business  supplies  pharmaceuticals  and/or  other  healthcare-related 
products  to  customers  in  three  primary  customer  channels:  1)  retail  national  accounts  (including  national  and 
regional  chains,  food/drug  combinations,  mail  order  pharmacies  and  mass  merchandisers);  2)  independent  retail 
pharmacies;  and  3)  institutional  healthcare  providers  (including  hospitals,  health  systems,  integrated  delivery 
networks, clinics and long-term care providers). 

Our  U.S. pharmaceutical  distribution business  operates  and serves  thousands  of  customer  locations through  a 
network of 29 distribution centers, as well as a primary redistribution center, a strategic redistribution center and two 
repackaging facilities, serving all 50 states and Puerto Rico.  We invest in technology and other systems at all of our 
distribution  centers  to  enhance  safety,  reliability  and  provide  the  best  product  availability  for  our  customers.    For 
example,  in  all  of  our  distribution  centers  we  use  Acumax®  Plus,  a  Smithsonian  award-winning  technology  that 
integrates  and  tracks  all  internal  inventory-related  functions  such  as  receiving,  put-away  and  order  fulfillment.  
Acumax® Plus uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted computer hardware and radio frequency signals to provide 
customers with real-time product availability and industry-leading order quality and fulfillment in excess of 99.9% 
adjusted  accuracy.    In  addition,  we  offer  Mobile  ManagerSM,  which  integrates  portable  handheld  technology  with 
Acumax®  Plus  to  give  customers  complete  ordering  and  inventory  control.    We  also  offer  McKesson  ConnectSM 
(formerly Supply Management OnlineSM), an Internet-based ordering system that provides item lookup and real-time 
inventory  availability  as  well  as  ordering,  purchasing,  third-party  reconciliation  and  account  management 
functionality.    Together,  these  features  help  ensure  customers  have  the  right  products  at  the  right  time  for  their 
facilities and patients.   

To maximize distribution efficiency and effectiveness, we follow the Six Sigma methodology — an analytical 
approach  that  emphasizes  setting  high-quality  objectives,  collecting  data  and  analyzing  results  to  a  fine  degree  in 
order to improve processes, reduce costs and minimize errors.  We continue to implement information systems to 
help achieve greater consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers.   

The  major  offerings  of  the  McKesson  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution  business,  by  customer  group  can  be 

categorized as retail national accounts, independent retail pharmacies and institutional healthcare providers.   

Retail  National  Accounts  —  Business  solutions  that  help  national  account  customers  increase  revenues  and 

profitability.  Solutions include:  

•  Central  FillSM  —  Prescription  refill  service  that  enables  pharmacies  to  more  quickly  refill  prescriptions 
remotely, more accurately and at a lower cost, while reducing inventory levels and improving customer service.   
•  Redistribution Centers — Two facilities totaling over 500 thousand square feet that offer access to inventory for 
single source warehouse purchasing, including pharmaceuticals and biologicals.  These distribution centers also 
provide the foundation for a two-tiered distribution network that supports best-in-class direct store delivery.   
•  EnterpriseRxSM — A fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management solution (application service 
provider  model).    Built  utilizing  the  latest  technology, EnterpriseRxSM  centralizes data,  reporting, pricing  and 
drug  updates,  providing  the  operational  control,  visibility  and  support  needed  to  reduce  costs  and  streamline 
administrative tasks.   

•  RxPakSM — Bulk-to-bottle repackaging service that leverages our purchasing scale and supplier relationships to 
provide pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, help increase inventory turns and reduce working capital investment.   
Inventory Management – An integrated solution comprising forecasting software and automated replenishment 
technologies that reduce inventory-carrying costs. 

• 

•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — Generic pharmaceutical purchasing program that helps pharmacies maximize 

their cost savings with a broad selection of generic drugs, low pricing and one-stop shopping.   

4 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Independent  Retail  Pharmacies  —  Solutions  for  managed  care  contracting,  branding  and  advertising, 
merchandising,  purchasing,  operational  efficiency  and  automation  that  help  independent  pharmacists  focus  on 
patient care while improving profitability.  Solutions include:  

•  Health Mart® —Health Mart® is a national network of more than 2,500 independently-owned pharmacies and 
is one of the industry’s most comprehensive pharmacy franchise programs.  Health Mart® provides franchisees 
with  managed  care  that  drives  Pharmacy  Benefit  Manager  recognition,  branding  that  drives  consumer 
recognition,  in-store  programs  that  drive  manufacturer  and  payor  recognition  and  community  advocacy 
programs that drive industry recognition.  Health Mart® helps franchisees grow their businesses by focusing on 
the three principles of successful retailing:  
–  Attract new customers; 
–  Maximize the value of current customers; and 
–  Enhance business efficiency. 

•  AccessHealth®  —  Comprehensive  managed  care  and  reconciliation  assistance  services  that  help  independent 

pharmacies save time, access competitive reimbursement rates and improve cash flow.   

•  McKesson  Reimbursement  AdvantageSM  (“MRA”)  —  MRA  is  one  of  the  industry’s  most  comprehensive 
reimbursement optimization packages, comprising financial services (automated claim resubmission), analytic 
services and customer care.   

•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — described above   
•  EnterpriseRxSM — described above   
•  Sunmark®  —  Complete  line  of  more  than  1,000  products  that  provide  retail  independent  pharmacies  with 

value-priced alternatives to national brands. 

•  FrontEdge™  —  Strategic  planning,  merchandising  and  price  maintenance  program  that  helps  independent 

pharmacies maximize store profitability.  

•  McKesson Home Health Care — Comprehensive line of more than 1,800 home health care products, including 
durable medical equipment, diabetes supplies, self-care supplies and disposables from national brands and the 
Sunmark® line.  

•  Central FillSM — described above  

Institutional Healthcare Providers — Electronic ordering/purchasing and supply chain management systems that 
help  customers  improve  financial  performance,  increase  operational  efficiencies  and  deliver  better  patient  care.  
Solutions include:  

•  McKesson Pharmacy OptimizationSM — An experienced group of pharmacy professionals providing consulting 
services  and  pharmacy  practice  resources.    McKesson  Pharmacy  Optimization  develops  customized  and 
quantifiable solutions that help hospitals create and sustain financial, operational and clinical results. 

•  Fulfill-RxSM  —  Ordering  and  inventory  management  system  that  integrates  McKesson  pharmaceutical 
distribution  services  with  our  automation  solutions,  thus  empowering  hospitals  to  optimize  the  often 
complicated and disjointed processes related to unit-based cabinet replenishment and inventory management. 
•  Asset Management — Award-winning inventory optimization and purchasing management program that helps 

institutional providers lower costs while ensuring product availability. 

•  SKY  Packaging  —  Blister-format  packaging  containing  the  most  widely  prescribed  dosages  and  strengths  in 
generic oral-solid medications.  SKY enables acute care, long-term care and institutional pharmacies to provide 
cost-effective, uniform packaging.  

•  McKesson  OneStop  Generics®  —  Generic  pharmaceutical  purchasing  program  that  enables  acute  care 
pharmacies to capture the full potential of purchasing generic pharmaceuticals.  The Long-Term Care OneStop 
Generics program allows a long-term care pharmacy to capture savings on generic purchases. 

•  McKesson  340B  Solution  Suite  —  Solutions  that  help  providers  manage,  track  and  report  on  medication 

replenishment associated with the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. 

•  High Performance PharmacySM — Framework that identifies and categorizes hospital pharmacy best practices 
to  help  improve  clinical  outcomes  and  financial  results.    The  High  Performance  Pharmacy  Assessment  tool 
enables  hospital  pharmacies  to  measure  against  comparable  institutions  and  chart  a  step-by-step  path  to  high 
performance.   

5 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Canada:    McKesson  Canada,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  is  one  of  the  largest  pharmaceutical 
distributors  in  Canada.    McKesson  Canada,  through  its  network  of  17  distribution  centers,  provides  logistics  and 
distribution  to  more  than  800  manufacturers  –  delivering  their  products  to  retail  pharmacies,  hospitals,  long-term 
care  centers,  clinics  and  institutions  throughout  Canada.    Beyond  pharmaceutical  distribution,  logistics  and  order 
fulfillment, McKesson Canada has automated over 2,500 retail pharmacies and is also active in hospital automation 
solutions,  dispensing  more  than  100 million  doses  each  year.    In  partnership  with  other  McKesson  businesses, 
McKesson  Canada  provides  a  full  range  of  services  to  Canadian  manufacturers  and  healthcare  providers, 
contributing to the quality and safety of care for Canadian patients.   

Medical–Surgical  Distribution:    Medical-Surgical  Distribution  provides  medical-surgical  supply  distribution, 
equipment,  logistics  and  other  services  to  healthcare  providers  including  physicians’  offices,  surgery  centers, 
extended care facilities, homecare and occupational health sites through a network of 29 distribution centers within 
the  U.S.    This  business  is  a  leading  provider  of  supplies  to  the  full  range  of  alternate-site  healthcare  facilities, 
including  physicians’  offices,  clinics  and  surgery  centers  (primary  care),  long-term  care,  occupational  health 
facilities and homecare sites (extended care).  Through a variety of technology products and services geared towards 
the  supply  chain,  our  Medical-Surgical  Distribution  business  is  focused  on  helping  its  customers  operate  more 
efficiently while providing one of the industry’s most extensive product offerings, including our own private label 
line.  This business also includes ZEE® Medical, one of the most extensive product offerings in the industry of first 
aid, safety and training solutions, providing services to industrial and commercial customers.  This business offers 
an extensive line of products and services aimed at maximizing productivity and minimizing the liability and cost 
associated with workplace illnesses and injuries.   

McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation:  This  business  supplies  integrated  pharmacy  management 
systems, automated dispensing systems and related services to retail, outpatient, central fill, specialty and mail order 
pharmacies.  Its primary offering is EnterpriseRxSM, a fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management 
solution (application service provider model).  Built utilizing the latest technology, EnterpriseRxSM centralizes data, 
reporting, pricing and drug updates, providing the operational control, visibility and support needed to reduce costs 
and  streamline  administrative  tasks.    We  also  own  a  39%  interest  in  Parata  which  sells  automated  pharmacy  and 
supply management systems and services to retail and institutional pharmacies.   

McKesson  Specialty  Care  Solutions:  This  business  provides  solutions  for  patients  with  complex  diseases  and 
advances  specialty  care  by  facilitating  collaboration  among  healthcare  providers,  drug  manufacturers  and  payors 
through our expertise in specialty drug distribution and commercialization support.  The business provides direct-to-
physician  specialty  distribution  services  ensuring  specialty  drugs  are  received  in  manufacturer  recommended 
conditions.  This business also offers our industry leading Lynx® integrated technologies and clinical tools, which 
help  provider  organizations  to  improve  their  inventory  management,  business  efficiencies  and  reimbursement 
processes.    The  business  also  works  with  manufacturers  to  optimize  delivery  of  complex  medication  to  patients 
through  custom  distribution  and  safety  programs  that  support  appropriate  product  utilization,  as  well  as  the 
development and management of reimbursement and patient access programs that help patients to gain cost effective 
access to needed therapies. 

Technology Solutions 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  software,  automation,  support  and 
services to help healthcare organizations improve quality and patient safety, reduce the cost and variability of care 
and better manage their resources and revenue stream.  This segment also includes our InterQual® claims payment 
solutions and medical management software businesses and our care management programs.  Technology Solutions 
markets  its  products  and  services  to  integrated  delivery  networks,  hospitals,  physician  practices,  home  healthcare 
providers,  retail  pharmacies  and  payors.    Our  solutions  and  services  are  sold  internationally  through  subsidiaries 
and/or distribution agreements in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries, Asia Pacific and 
Israel.   

6 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The product portfolio for the Technology Solutions segment is designed to address a wide array of healthcare 
clinical  and  business  performance  needs  ranging  from  medication  safety  and  information  access  to  revenue  cycle 
management, resource utilization and physician adoption of electronic health records (“EHR”).  Analytics software 
enables organizations to measure progress as they automate care processes for optimal clinical outcomes, business 
and operating results and regulatory compliance.  To ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their 
information technology investment, we also offer a wide range of services to support the implementation and use of 
solutions as well as assist with business and clinical redesign, process re-engineering and staffing (both information 
technology and back-office). 

Key solution areas are as follows: 

Clinical management:  Horizon Clinicals® is built with architecture to facilitate integration and enable modular 
system  deployment.    The  solution  suite  includes  a  clinical  data  repository,  health  care  planning,  physician  order 
entry,  point-of-care  documentation  with  bar-coded  medication  administration,  enterprise  laboratory,  radiology, 
pharmacy,  surgical  management,  an  emergency  department  solution  and  an  ambulatory  EHR  system.    Horizon 
Clinicals®  also  includes  solutions  to  facilitate  physician  access  to  patient  information  such  as  a  Web-based 
physician portal and wireless devices that draw on information from the hospital’s information systems.  In addition, 
the Horizon Clinicals® suite includes a comprehensive solution for homecare, including telehealth and hospice. 

Enterprise imaging:  In addition to document imaging to facilitate maintenance and access to complete medical 
records,  we  offer  medical  imaging  and  information  management  systems  for  healthcare  enterprises,  including  a 
picture  archiving  communications  system,  a  radiology  information  system  and  a  comprehensive  cardiovascular 
information system.  Our enterprise-wide approach to medical imaging enables organizations to take advantage of 
specialty-specific  workstations  while  building  an  integrated  image  repository  that  manages  all  of  the  images  and 
information captured throughout the care continuum. 

Financial  management:    Revenue  management  solutions  are  designed  to  improve  financial  performance  by 
reducing  days  in  accounts  receivable,  preventing  insurance  claim  denials,  reducing  costs  and  improving 
productivity.  Solutions include online patient billing, contract management, electronic claims processing and coding 
compliance  checking.    Horizon  Enterprise  Revenue  ManagementTM  streamlines  patient  access  and  helps 
organizations  to  forecast  financial  responsibility  for  all  constituents  before  and  during  care.    The  system  also 
streamlines financial processes to allow providers to collect their reimbursement more quickly and at a lower cost.  
Hospital  information  systems  play  a  key  role  in  managing  the  revenue  cycle  by  automating  the  operation  of 
individual departments and their respective functions within the inpatient environment.   

Resource management:   Resource  management  solutions  are designed  to  enhance  an organization’s ability  to 
plan  and  optimize  quality  care  delivery.    Enterprise  visibility  and  performance  analytics  provide  business 
intelligence  that  enables  providers  to  manage  capacity,  outcomes,  productivity  and  patient  flow.    Workforce 
management solutions assist caregivers with staffing and maintaining labor rule continuity between scheduling, time 
and  attendance  and  payroll.  A  comprehensive  supply  chain  management  solution  integrates  enterprise  resource 
planning  applications,  including  financials,  materials,  Human  Resources/Payroll,  with  scheduling,  point  of  use, 
surgical services and enterprise-wide analytics.   

Automation:    Automation  solutions  include  technologies  that  help  hospitals  re-engineer  and  improve  their 
medication  use  processes.    Examples  include  centralized  pharmacy  automation  for  dispensing  unit-dose 
medications, unit-based cabinet technologies for secure medication storage and rapid retrieval and an anesthesia cart 
for dispensing of medications in the operating room.  Based on a foundation of bar-code scanning technology, these 
integrated solutions are designed to reduce errors and bring new levels of safety to patients.   

7 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Physician practice solutions:  We provide a complete solution for physician practices of all sizes that includes 
software, revenue cycle outsourcing and connectivity services.  Software solutions include practice management and 
EHR software for physicians of every size and specialty.  Our physician practice offering also includes outsourced 
billing  and  collection  services  as  well  as  services  that  connect  physicians  with  their  patients,  hospitals,  retail 
pharmacies and payors.  Revenue cycle outsourcing enables physician groups to avoid the infrastructure investment 
and administrative costs of an in-house billing office.  Services include clinical data collection, data input, medical 
coding, billing, contract management, cash collections, accounts receivable management and extensive reporting of 
metrics related to the physician practice. 

Connectivity:  Through  our  vendor-neutral  RelayHealth®  and  its  intelligent  network,  the  Company  provides 
health  information  exchange  and  revenue  cycle  management  solutions  that  streamline  clinical,  financial  and 
administrative  communication  between  patients,  providers,  payors,  pharmacies,  manufacturers,  government  and 
financial  institutions.    RelayHealth®  helps  to  accelerate  the  delivery  of  high-quality  care  and  improve  financial 
performance  through  online  consultation  of  physicians  by  patients,  electronic  prescribing  by  physicians,  point-of-
service resolution of pharmacy claims by payors, pre-visit financial clearance of patients by providers and post-visit 
settlement  of  provider  bills  by  payors  and  patients.    RelayHealth®  securely  processes  more  than  12.6 billion 
financial and clinical transactions annually. 

In  addition  to  the  product  offerings  described  above,  Technology  Solutions  offers  a  comprehensive  range  of 
services to help organizations derive greater value, enhance satisfaction and return on investment throughout the life 
of the solutions implemented.  The range of services includes: 

Technology  Services:    Technology  services  supports  the  smooth  operation  of  numerous  organizations’ 
information  systems  by  providing  the  technical  infrastructure  designed  to  maximize  application  accessibility, 
availability, security and performance. 

Outsourcing Services:  With these services, we help providers focus their resources on healthcare while their 
information  technology  or  operations  are  supported  through  managed  services,  including  outsourcing.    Service 
options  include  remote  hosting,  managing  hospital  data  processing  operations,  as  well  as  strategic  information 
systems planning and management, revenue cycle processes, payroll processing, business office administration and 
major system conversions. 

Professional  Services:    Professional  services  help  customers  achieve  business  results  from  their  software  or 
automation  investment.    A  wide  array  of  service  options  is  available,  including  consulting  for  business  and/or 
clinical process improvement and re-design as well as implementation, project management, technical and education 
services relating to all products in the Technology Solutions segment.  

Payor  Group:    The  following  suite  of  services  and  software  products  is  marketed  to  payors,  employers  and 

government organizations to help manage the cost and quality of care:  

•  Disease  management  programs  to  improve  the  health  status  and  health  outcomes  of  patients  with  chronic 

conditions;  

•  Nurse triage services to provide health information and recommend appropriate levels of care;  
•  Clinical and analytical software to support utilization, case and disease management workflows;  
•  Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance;  
• 
InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support and utilization management; and 
•  Claims payment solutions to facilitate accurate and efficient medical claim payments. 

Business Combinations, Investments and Discontinued Operations 

We  have  undertaken  strategic  initiatives  in  recent  years  designed  to  further  focus  on  our  core  healthcare 
businesses and enhance our competitive position.  We expect to continue to undertake such strategic initiatives in 
the future.  These initiatives are detailed in Financial Notes 2 and 7, “Business Combinations and Investments” and 
“Discontinued Operations,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

8 

Competition 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution and large payor organizations.  
In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other 
healthcare manufacturers (as well as other potential customers of the segment) which may from time-to-time decide 
to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities that would otherwise be provided by the 
segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases,  convenience  to  the  customer  are  generally  the  principal 
competitive elements in this segment. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payors, care 
management  organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  Internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the 
healthcare  industry.    Competition  varies  in  size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in 
scope and breadth of products and services offered. 

Intellectual Property 

The  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  the  Distribution  Solutions  segment  include:  AccessHealth®, 
Acumax®,  Central  FillSM,  Closed  Loop  DistributionSM,  CypressSM,  Cypress  Plus®,  Edwards  Medical  Supply®, 
Empowering Healthcare®, EnterpriseRxSM, Expect More From MooreSM, FrontEdge™, Fulfill-RxSM, Health Mart®, 
High  Performance  PharmacySM,  LoyaltyScript®,  Lynx®,  Max  ImpactSM,  McKesson®,  McKesson  AdvantageSM, 
McKesson ConnectSM, McKesson Empowering Healthcare®, McKesson High Volume SolutionsSM, McKesson Max 
Rewards®, McKesson OneStop Generics®, McKesson Pharmacy CentralSM, McKesson Pharmacy OptimizationSM, 
McKesson  Priority  Express  OTCSM,  McKesson  Reimbursement  AdvantageSM  ,  McKesson  Supply  ManagerSM, 
MediNet™,  Medi-Pak®,  Mobile  ManagerSM,  Moore  Medical®,  Moorebrand®,  Northstarx™,  Onmark®, 
Pharma360®,  PharmacyRx™,  Pharmaserv®,  ProIntercept®,  ProMed®,  ProPBM®,  RX  PakSM,  RxOwnershipSM, 
ServiceFirstSM,  Staydry®,  Sterling  Medical  Services®,  Sunmark®,  The  Supply  Experts®,  Supply  Management 
OnlineSM, TrialScript®, Valu-Rite®, XVIII B Medi Mart®, Zee Medical Service® and ZEE®. 

The  substantial  majority  of  technical  concepts  and  codes  embodied  in  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s 
computer programs and program documentation are protected as trade secrets.  The principal trademarks and service 
marks  for  this  segment  are:    AcuDose-Rx®,  ANSOS  One-Staff™,  Ask-A-Nurse®,  Care  Fully  Connected™, 
CareEnhance®,  Connect-RN™,  Connect-Rx®,  CRMS™,  DataStat®,  ePremis®,  Episode  Profiler™,  E-Script™, 
Fulfill-RxSM,  HealthQuest™,  Horizon  Admin-Rx™,  Horizon  Clinicals®,  Horizon  Enterprise  Revenue 
ManagementTM,  HorizonWP®, 
InterQual®,  Lytec®,  MedCarousel®,  Medisoft®,  ORSOS  One-Call™, 
PACMED™,  PakPlus-Rx™,  Paragon®,  Pathways  2000®,  Patterns  Profiler™,  Per-Se™,  Per-Se  Technologies®, 
PerYourHealth.com®,  Practice  Partner®,  Premis®,  RelayHealth®,  ROBOT-Rx®,  SelfPace®,  Series  2000™, 
STAR 2000™, SupplyScan™, TRENDSTAR® and WebVisit™. 

We  also  own  other  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  and  service  marks  and  similar  rights  used  by  our 
business  segments.    Many  of  the  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  are  registered  in  the  United  States,  or 
registrations have been applied for with respect to such marks, in addition to certain other jurisdictions.  The United 
States federal registrations of these trademarks have terms of ten or twenty years, depending on date of registration, 
and are subject to unlimited renewals.  We believe that we have taken all necessary steps to preserve the registration 
and  duration  of  our  trademarks  and  service  marks,  although  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  we  will  be  able  to 
successfully  enforce  or  protect  our  rights  thereunder  in  the  event  that  they  are  subject  to  third-party  infringement 
claims.  We do not consider any particular patent, license, franchise or concession to be material to our business.  
We also hold copyrights in, and patents related to, many of our products. 

9 

Other Information about the Business 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Customers:    During  2010,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  53%  of  our  total 
consolidated  revenues.    Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  Caremark  Corporation  (“CVS”)  and  Rite  Aid 
Corporation  (“Rite  Aid”),  accounted  for  approximately  15%  and  12%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    At 
March 31,  2010,  accounts  receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  were  approximately  45%  of  total  accounts 
receivable.    Accounts  receivable  from  CVS  and  Rite  Aid  were  approximately  14%  and  10%  of  total  accounts 
receivable.    Substantially  all  of  these revenues  and  accounts  receivable  are  included  in  our  Distribution  Solutions 
segment. 

Suppliers:    We  obtain  pharmaceutical  and  other  products  from  manufacturers,  none  of  which  accounted  for 
more than approximately 8% of our purchases in 2010.  The loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if 
alternate sources of supply are unavailable.  We believe that our relationships with our suppliers on the whole are 
good.  The ten largest suppliers in 2010 accounted for approximately 46% of our purchases.   

A significant portion of our distribution arrangements with the manufacturers provides us compensation based 
on  a  percentage  of  our  purchases.    In  addition,  we  have  certain  distribution  arrangements  with  branded 
pharmaceutical  manufacturers  that  include  an  inflation-based  compensation  component  whereby  we  benefit  when 
the  manufacturers  increase  their  prices  as  we  sell  our  existing  inventory  at  the  new  higher  prices.    For  these 
manufacturers, a reduction in the frequency and magnitude of price increases, as well as restrictions in the amount of 
inventory available to us, could have a material adverse impact on our gross profit margin.   

Research  and  Development:    Our  development  expenditures  primarily  consist  of  our  investment  in  software 
held for sale.  We spent $451 million, $438 million and $420 million for development activities in 2010, 2009 and 
2008  and  of  these  amounts,  we  capitalized  17%  for  each  of  the  last  three  years.    Development  expenditures  are 
primarily  incurred  by  our  Technology  Solutions  segment.    Our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  product 
development  efforts  apply  computer  technology  and  installation  methodologies  to  specific  information  processing 
needs  of  hospitals  and  other  customers.    We  believe  that  a  substantial  and  sustained  commitment  to  such 
expenditures  is  important  to  the  long-term  success  of  this  business.    Additional  information  regarding  our 
development  activities  is  included  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Environmental  Regulation:  Our  operations  are  subject  to  regulation  under  various  federal,  state,  local  and 
foreign  laws  concerning  the  environment,  including  laws  addressing  the  discharge  of  pollutants  into  the  air  and 
water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites.  We 
could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions and third-party damage or 
personal injury claims, if in the future we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws.   

We  are  committed  to  maintaining  compliance  with  all  environmental  laws  applicable  to  our  operations, 
products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business.  We meet this 
commitment through an environmental strategy and sustainability program.   

We  sold  our  chemical  distribution  operations  in  1987  and  retained  responsibility  for  certain  environmental 
obligations.  Agreements with the Environmental Protection Agency and certain states may require environmental 
assessments and cleanups at several closed sites.  These matters are described further in Financial Note 18, “Other 
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.   

The  liability  for  environmental  remediation  and  other  environmental  costs  is  accrued  when  the  Company 
considers it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs.  Environmental costs and accruals, including that related 
to  our  legacy  chemical  distribution  operations,  are  presently  not  material  to  our  operations  or  financial  position.  
Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products 
will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  or  financial  condition,  we  do  not  currently  anticipate 
material capital expenditures for environmental matters.  Other than the expected expenditures that may be required 
in  connection  with  our  legacy  chemical  distribution  operations,  we  do  not  anticipate  making  substantial  capital 
expenditures  either  for  environmental  issues,  or  to  comply with  environmental  laws  and regulations  in  the  future.  
The amount of our capital expenditures for environmental compliance was not material in 2010 and is not expected 
to be material in the next year. 

10 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Employees:  On March 31, 2010 and 2009, we employed approximately 32,500 persons compared to 32,900 in 

2008.  

Financial  Information  About  Foreign  and  Domestic  Operations:    Information  as  to  foreign  and  domestic 
operations is included in Financial Notes 1 and 21, “Significant Accounting Policies” and “Segments of Business,” 
to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Forward-Looking Statements   

This  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders,  including  the  Chairman’s  2010  letter,  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II and the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of 
Part I of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A 
of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  and  section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  
Some  of  these  statements  can  be  identified  by  use  of  forward-looking  words  such  as  “believes,”  “expects,” 
“anticipates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans” or “estimates,” or the negative 
of these words, or other comparable terminology.  The discussion of financial trends, strategy, plans or intentions 
may also include forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated, or implied.  Although it is not possible to 
predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed in 
Item  1A  of  Part  I  of  this  report  under  “Risk  Factors.”    The  reader  should  not  consider  the  list  to  be  a  complete 
statement of all potential risks and uncertainties.   

These and other risks and uncertainties are described herein and in other information contained in our publicly 
available  SEC  filings  and  press  releases.    Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-
looking statements, which speak only as of the date such statements were first made.  Except to the extent required 
by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-
looking  statements  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  hereof,  or  to  reflect  the  occurrence  of 
unanticipated events. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

The risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, 
liquidity and cash flows.  Although it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  factors  discussed  below.    Our  business  operations  could  also  be  affected  by 
additional  factors  that  are  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  consider  not  to  be  material  to  our 
operations.  The reader should not consider this list to be a complete statement of all risks and uncertainties.   

We  are  subject  to  legal  proceedings  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  and 
results of operations.   

From time-to-time and in the ordinary course of our business, we and certain of our subsidiaries may become 
involved  in  various  legal  proceedings  involving  antitrust,  commercial,  employment,  environmental,  intellectual 
property, regulatory, tort and other various claims.  All such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and the 
outcome can result in excessive verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we 
may  enter  into  settlements  of  claims  for  monetary  damages.    Future  court  decisions  and  legislative  activity  may 
increase  the  Company’s  exposure  to  litigation  and  regulatory  investigations.    In  some  cases,  substantial  non-
economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought.  For some complaints filed against the Company, we are 
currently  unable  to  estimate  the  remaining  amount  of  possible  losses  that  might  be  incurred  should  these  legal 
proceedings be resolved against the Company.   

11 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain and outcomes that are not justified by the 
evidence or existing law can occur.  The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the legal matters pending 
against it and is defending itself vigorously.  Nevertheless, it is possible that resolution of one or any combination of 
more  than  one  legal  matter  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations.  For example, we are involved in a number of legal proceedings described in Financial Note 18, “Other 
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements which could have 
such an impact, including class actions and other legal proceedings alleging that we engaged in illegal conduct that 
caused average wholesale prices to rise for certain prescription drugs during specified periods.   

Litigation is costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations.  The defense of these matters 
could  also  result  in  continued  diversion  of  our  management’s  time  and  attention  away  from  business  operations, 
which could also harm our business.  Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense 
associated with unresolved legal proceedings could harm our business and reputation.  For additional information 
regarding certain of the legal proceedings in which we are involved, see Financial Note 18, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.   

Changes  in  the  United  States  healthcare  environment  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations.   

Our products and services are primarily intended to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and 
reimbursement  system  currently  being  used  in  the  United  States.    In  recent  years,  the  healthcare  industry  has 
changed  significantly  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs.    These  changes  include  increased  use  of  managed  care,  cuts  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  reimbursement  levels,  consolidation  of  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  supply 
distributors and the development of large, sophisticated purchasing groups.   

We  expect  the  healthcare  industry  to  continue  to  change  significantly  in  the  future.    Some  of  these  changes, 
such  as  adverse  changes  in  government  funding  of  healthcare  services,  legislation  or  regulations  governing  the 
privacy  of  patient  information  or  the  delivery  or  pricing  of  pharmaceuticals  and  healthcare  services  or  mandated 
benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to greatly reduce the amount of our products and services they 
purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our products and services.   

Changes in the healthcare industry’s or our pharmaceutical suppliers’ pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or 
supply policies or practices, or changes in our customer  mix could also significantly reduce our revenues and net 
income.  Due to the diverse range of healthcare supply management and healthcare information technology products 
and services that we offer, such changes could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, while not 
affecting some of our competitors who offer a narrower range of products and services.   

The majority of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business’ agreements with manufacturers are structured to 
ensure  that  we  are  appropriately  and  predictably  compensated  for  the  services  we  provide;  however,  failure  to 
successfully renew these contracts in a timely and favorable manner could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.   

Generic Pharmaceuticals:  Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will 
increase over the next few years as a result of the expiration of certain drug patents.  In recent years, our financial 
results  have  improved  from  our  generic  drug  offering  programs.    An  increase  or  a  decrease  in  the  availability  or 
changes in pricing or reimbursement of these generic drugs could have a material adverse impact on our results of 
operations.   

Generic  drug  manufacturers  are  increasingly  challenging  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  patents  on  branded 
pharmaceutical  products.    During  the  pendency  of  these  legal  challenges,  a  generics  manufacturer  may  begin 
manufacturing and selling a generic version of the branded product prior to the final resolution to its legal challenge 
over the branded product’s patent.  To the extent we source and distribute such generic products launched “at risk,” 
the brand-name company could assert infringement claims against us.  While we generally obtain indemnification 
against  such  claims  from  generic  manufacturers  as  a  condition  of  distributing  their  products,  there  can  be  no 
assurances that these rights will be adequate or sufficient to protect us.   

12 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

International Sourcing:  We may experience difficulties and delays inherent in sourcing products and contract 
manufacturing  from  foreign  countries,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  (1)  difficulties  in  complying  with  the 
requirements  of  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  in  the  United  States  and  of  foreign 
regulatory  authorities,  (2)  inability  to  increase  production  capacity  commensurate  with  demand  or  the  failure  to 
predict  market  demand  (3)  other  manufacturing  or  distribution  problems  including  changes  in  types  of  products 
produced, limits to manufacturing capacity due to regulatory requirements or physical limitations that could impact 
continuous  supply  and  (4)  damage  to  our  reputation  due  to  real  or  perceived  quality  issues.    Manufacturing 
difficulties could result in manufacturing shutdowns, product shortages and delays in product manufacturing.   

Pedigree  Tracking:    There  have  been  increasing  efforts  by  various  levels  of  government  agencies,  including 
state boards of pharmacy and comparable government agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system 
in  order  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  counterfeit,  adulterated  and/or  mislabeled  drugs  into  the  pharmaceutical 
distribution system (“pedigree tracking”).  Certain states have adopted or are considering laws and regulations that 
are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system while other government agencies are 
currently evaluating their recommendations.  Florida has adopted pedigree tracking requirements and California has 
enacted a law requiring chain of custody technology using radio frequency tagging and electronic pedigrees, which 
will be effective for us in July 2016.  Final regulations under the federal Prescription Drug Marketing Act requiring 
pedigree  and  chain  of  custody  tracking  in  certain  circumstances  became  effective  December  1,  2006.    This  latter 
regulation has been challenged in a case brought by secondary distributors.  A preliminary injunction was issued by 
the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York that temporarily enjoined implementation of 
this  regulation.    This  injunction  was  affirmed  by  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Second  Circuit  in  July  2008.    In 
December  2008,  both  parties  agreed  to  delay  this  litigation,  pending  the  outcome  of  certain  U.S.  congressional 
legislative  initiatives.    In  addition,  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (“FDA”)  Amendments  Act  of  2007, 
which  went  into  effect  on  October  1,  2007,  requires  the  FDA  to  establish  standards  and  identify  and  validate 
effective technologies for the purpose of securing the pharmaceutical supply chain against counterfeit drugs.  These 
standards  may  include  any  track-and-trace  or  authentication  technologies,  such  as  radio  frequency  identification 
devices and other similar technologies.  On March 26, 2010, the FDA released the Serialized Numerical Identifier 
(“SNI”) guidance for manufacturers who serialize pharmaceutical packaging.  We expect to be able to accommodate 
these  SNI  regulations  in  our  distribution  operations.    Nonetheless,  these  pedigree  tracking  laws  and  regulations 
could increase the overall regulatory burden and costs associated with our pharmaceutical distribution business, and 
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Healthcare  Fraud:    We  are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently  changing  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations relating  to  healthcare  fraud.    The  federal  government  continues  to  strengthen  its  position  and  scrutiny 
over practices involving healthcare fraud affecting Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs.  
Furthermore,  our  relationships  with  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  product  manufacturers  and  healthcare 
providers subject our business to laws and regulations on fraud and abuse, which among other things (1) prohibit 
persons from soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration in order to induce the referral of a patient for 
treatment or for inducing the ordering or purchasing of items or services that are in any way paid for by Medicare, 
Medicaid or other government-sponsored healthcare programs, (2) impose a number of restrictions upon referring 
physicians and providers of designated health services under Medicare and Medicaid programs and (3) prohibit the 
knowing submission of a false or fraudulent claim for payment to a federal health care program such as Medicare 
and  Medicaid.    Legislative  provisions  relating  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  give  federal  enforcement  personnel 
substantially increased funding, powers and remedies to pursue suspected fraud and abuse.  Many of the regulations 
applicable  to  us,  including  those  relating  to  marketing  incentives,  are  vague  or  indefinite  and  have  not  been 
interpreted by the courts.  They may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory, or judicial authority in a 
manner  that  could  require  us  to  make  changes  in  our  operations.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and 
regulations, we could suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or our ability to participate in 
Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.   

13 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Claims  Transmissions:    Medical  billing  and  collection  activities  are  governed  by  numerous  federal  and  state 
civil  and  criminal  laws  that  pertain  to  companies  that  provide  billing  and  collection  services  or  that  provide 
consulting services in connection with billing and collection activities.  In connection with these laws, we may be 
subjected to federal or state government investigations and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims 
actions may have to be defended, private payors may file claims against us and we may be excluded from Medicare, 
Medicaid  or  other  government-funded  healthcare  programs.    Any  such  proceeding  or  investigation  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

E-Prescribing:    The  use  of  our  solutions  by  physicians  for  electronic  prescribing,  electronic  routing  of 
prescriptions to pharmacies and dispensing is governed by federal and state law.  States have differing prescription 
format  requirements,  which  we  have  programmed  into  our  software.    In  addition,  in  November  2005,  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (the  “HHS”)  announced  regulations  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”)  related  to  “E-Prescribing  and  the  Prescription  Drug  Program”  (“E-Prescribing 
Regulations”).  These E-Prescribing Regulations were mandated by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement 
and Modernization Act of 2003.  The E-Prescribing Regulations set forth standards for the transmission of electronic 
prescriptions.  These standards are detailed and significant and cover not only transactions between prescribers and 
dispensers  for  prescriptions  but  also  electronic  eligibility,  benefits  inquiries,  drug  formulary  and  benefit  coverage 
information.  Our efforts to provide solutions that enable our clients to comply with these regulations could be time 
consuming and expensive.   

Reimbursements:    Both  our  own  profit  margins  and  the  profit  margins  of  our  customers  may  be  adversely 
affected  by  laws  and  regulations  reducing  reimbursement  rates  for  pharmaceuticals  and/or  medical  treatments  or 
services  or  changing  the  methodology  by  which  reimbursement  levels  are  determined.    For  example,  the  Deficit 
Reduction  Act  of  2005  (“DRA”)  was  intended  to  reduce  net  Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending  by  approximately 
$11 billion  over  five  years.    Effective  January  1,  2007,  the  DRA  changed  the  federal  upper  payment  limit  for 
Medicaid reimbursement from 150% of the lowest published price for generic pharmaceuticals (which is usually the 
average  wholesale  price)  to  250%  of  the  lowest  average  manufacturer  price  (“AMP”).    On  July  17,  2007,  CMS 
published  a  final  rule  implementing  these  provisions  and  clarifying,  among  other  things,  the  AMP  calculation 
methodology  and  the  DRA  provision  requiring  manufacturers  to  publicly  report  AMP  for  branded  and  generic 
pharmaceuticals.    On  December  19,  2007,  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Columbia  issued  a 
preliminary injunction prohibiting use of the AMP calculation in connection with Medicaid reimbursement pending 
resolution of a lawsuit claiming that CMS had acted unlawfully in adopting the rule.  On July 15, 2008, the U.S. 
Congress enacted the Medicaid Improvements for Patients and Providers Acts of 2008 (“MIPPA,”) which delayed 
the adoption of CMS’s final rule and prevented CMS from publishing AMP data until October 1, 2009.  In addition, 
Medicare, Medicaid and the SCHIP Extension Act of 2007 require CMS to adjust the calculation of the Medicare 
Part  B  drug  average  sales  price  (“ASP”)  to  an  actual  sales  volume  basis.    We  expect  that  the  use  of  an  AMP 
benchmark and the revised ASP calculations  would  result in a reduction in the Medicaid reimbursement rates to 
our customers for certain generic pharmaceuticals, which could indirectly impact the prices that we can charge our 
customers and cause corresponding declines in our profitability.  There can be no assurance that the changes under 
the DRA would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Interoperability  Standards:    There  is  increasing  demand  among  customers,  industry  groups  and  government 
authorities that healthcare software and systems provided by various vendors be compatible with each other.  This 
need  for  interoperability  is  leading  to  the  development  of  standards  by  various  groups.    The  Certification 
Commission  for Healthcare Information  Technology  (“CCHIT”)  has developed  a  set  of  criteria  defining  levels  of 
interoperability,  functionality  and  security  for  the  industry,  which  are  still  being  modified  and  refined.    Various 
federal,  state  and  foreign  government  agencies  are  also  developing  standards  that  could  become  mandatory  for 
systems purchased by these agencies.  For example, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical 
Health  (HITECH)  Act  portion  of  the  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  (“ARRA”)  of  2009  requires 
meaningful use of “certified” healthcare information technology products by healthcare providers in order to receive 
stimulus funds from the federal government.  We may incur increased development costs and delays in delivering 
solutions  if  we  need  to  upgrade  our  software  and  systems  to  be  in  compliance  with  these  varying  and  evolving 
standards.  In addition, these changes may lengthen our sales and implementation cycle and we may incur costs in 
periods  prior  to  the  corresponding  recognition of  revenue.    Delays  in  achieving  certification under  these  evolving 
standards may result in postponement or cancellation of our customers’ decisions to purchase our products.   

14 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Healthcare  Industry  Consolidation:    In  recent  years,  the  pharmaceutical  suppliers  have  been  subject  to 
increasing  consolidation.    As  a  result,  a  small  number  of  very  large  companies  control  a  significant  share  of  the 
market.  Accordingly, we depend on fewer suppliers for our products and we are less able to negotiate price terms 
with  the  suppliers.    Many  healthcare  organizations  have  consolidated  to  create  larger  healthcare  enterprises  with 
greater market power.  If this consolidation trend continues, it could reduce the size of our target market and give the 
resulting enterprises greater bargaining power, which may lead to erosion of the prices for our products and services.  
In addition, when healthcare organizations combine they often consolidate infrastructure including IT systems and 
acquisition of our clients could erode our revenue base.   

Our  future  results  could  be  materially  affected  by  a  number  of  public  health  issues  whether  occurring  in  the 
United States or abroad.   

Public health issues, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the 
operations of suppliers or customers, or have a broader adverse impact on consumer spending and confidence levels 
that  would  negatively  affect  our  suppliers  and  customers.    We  have  developed  contingency  plans  to  address 
infectious disease  scenarios and  the  potential  impact  on our operations  and will  continue  to  update these plans  as 
necessary.  However, there can be no assurance that these plans will be effective in eliminating the negative impact 
of any such diseases on the Company’s operating results.  We may be required to suspend operations in some or all 
of  our  locations,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  

Changes  in  the  Canadian  healthcare  environment  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations.   

Similar to the United States, the Canadian healthcare industry has undergone significant changes in recent years 
to  reduce  costs.    The  provincial  governments  provide  partial  funding  for  the  purchase  of  pharmaceuticals  and 
independently  regulate  the  financing  and  reimbursement  of  drugs.    The  Ontario  government  revised  the  drug 
distribution  system  in  2006  with  the  passage  of  the  Transparent  Drug  System  for  Patients  Act  and  has  recently 
announced a review of that legislation in an attempt to further reduce costs.  Some of the changes being considered 
would adversely affect the distribution of drugs, pricing for prescription drugs and reduced funding for healthcare 
services.  Other provinces are considering similar changes, which would lower pharmaceutical pricing and service 
fees.  Such changes could significantly reduce our Canadian revenue and operating profit.   

Competition may erode our profit.   

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution and large payor organizations.  
In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other 
healthcare manufacturers (as well as other potential customers of the segment) which may from time-to-time decide 
to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities that would otherwise be provided by the 
segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases,  convenience  to  the  customer  are  generally  the  principal 
competitive elements in this segment.   

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payors, care 
management  organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  Internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the 
healthcare  industry.    Competition  varies  in  size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in 
scope  and  breadth  of  products  and  services  offered.    These  competitive  pressures  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our results of operations.   

15 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  is  subject  to  inflation  in  branded  pharmaceutical  prices  and  deflation  in 
generic pharmaceutical prices, which subjects us to risks and uncertainties.   

Inflation  can  be  the  partial  basis  of  some  of  our  U.S.  pharmaceutical  distribution  business’  agreements  with 
branded pharmaceutical  manufacturers.  If the frequency or rate of branded price increases slows, it could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, we also distribute generic pharmaceuticals, which 
are subject to price deflation.  An acceleration of the frequency or size of generic price decreases could also have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Substantial  defaults  in  payment,  a  material  reduction  in  purchases  or  the  loss  of  a  large  customer  or  group 
purchasing organization could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations 
and liquidity.   

In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers.  
During 2010, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 53% of our total consolidated revenues.  
Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  and  Rite  Aid,  represented  approximately  15%  and  12%  of  our  total 
consolidated revenues.  At March 31, 2010, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 
45% of total accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable from CVS and Rite Aid were approximately 14% and 10% 
of total accounts receivable.  As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant.  We also have agreements 
with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member 
hospitals, pharmacies and other healthcare providers.  A default in payment, a material reduction in purchases from 
these, or any other large customers or the loss of a large customer or GPO could have a material adverse impact on 
our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.   

We generally sell product to our customers on credit that is short-term in nature and unsecured.  Any adverse 
change  in  general  economic  conditions  can  adversely  reduce  sales  to  our  customers,  affect  consumer  buying 
practices or cause our customers to delay or be unable to pay accounts receivable owed to us, which would reduce 
our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability and cash flow.  Further, interest rate fluctuations and 
changes  in  capital  market  conditions  may  affect  our  customers’  ability  to  obtain  credit  to  finance  their  business 
under acceptable terms, which would reduce our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability.   

Our Distribution Solutions segment is dependent upon sophisticated information systems.  The implementation 
delay,  malfunction,  or  failure  of  these  systems  for  any  extended  period  of  time  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our business.   

We rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and  manage 
data  to,  (1)  facilitate  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  thousands  of  inventory  items  from  numerous  distribution 
centers, (2) receive, process and ship orders and handle other product and services on a timely basis, (3) manage the 
accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers and (4) process payments to suppliers.  If these systems 
are  interrupted,  damaged  by  unforeseen  events  or  fail  for  any  extended  period  of  time,  we  could  have  a  material 
adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Reduced capacity in the commercial property insurance market exposes us to potential loss.   

In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Distribution Solutions segment’s customers, we 
maintain  significant  product  inventory  at  certain  of  our  distribution  centers.    While  we  seek  to  maintain  property 
insurance coverage in amounts sufficient for our business, there can be no assurance that our property insurance will 
be adequate or available on acceptable terms.  One or more large casualty losses caused by fire, earthquake or other 
natural disaster in excess of our coverage limits could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.   

16 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

We could become subject to liability claims that are not adequately covered by our insurance and may have to pay 
damages and other expenses which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Our  business  exposes  us  to  risks  that  are  inherent  in  the  distribution,  manufacturing,  dispensing  of 
pharmaceuticals  and  medical-surgical  supplies,  the  provision  of  ancillary  services,  the  conduct  of  our  payor 
businesses  (which  include  disease  management  programs  and  our  nurse  triage  services)  and  the  provision  of 
products that assist clinical decision-making and relate to patient medical histories and treatment plans.  If customers 
assert  liability  claims  against  our  products  and/or  services,  any  ensuing  litigation,  regardless  of  outcome,  could 
result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of 
our products.  We attempt to limit our liability to customers by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth 
in  the  contracts  may  not  be  enforceable  or  may  not  otherwise  protect  us  from  liability  for  damages.    We  also 
maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, 
may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us and may include larger self-
insured  retentions  or  exclusions  for  certain  products.    In  addition,  the  insurer  might  disclaim  coverage  as  to  any 
future claim.  A successful product or professional liability claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

The failure of our healthcare technology businesses to attract and retain customers due to challenges in software 
product  integration  or  to  keep  pace  with  technological  advances  may  significantly  reduce  our  results  of 
operations.   

Our healthcare technology businesses, the bulk of which resides in our Technology Solutions segment, deliver 
enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain,  strategic  management  software  solutions  and 
pharmacy  automation  to  hospitals,  physicians,  homecare  providers,  retail  and  mail  order  pharmacies  and  payors.  
Challenges in integrating software products could impair our ability to attract and retain customers and could have a 
material  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  and  a  disproportionate  impact  on  the  results  of 
operations of our Technology Solutions segment.   

Future  advances  in  the  healthcare  information  systems  industry  could  lead  to  new  technologies,  products  or 
services  that  are  competitive  with  the  technology  products  and  services  offered  by  our  various  businesses.    Such 
technological advances could also lower the cost of such products and services or otherwise result in competitive 
pricing pressure or render our products obsolete.  The success of our technology businesses will depend, in part, on 
our  ability  to  be  responsive  to  technological  developments,  legislative  initiatives,  pricing  pressures  and  changing 
business  models.    To  remain  competitive  in  the  evolving  healthcare  information  systems  marketplace,  our 
technology  businesses  must  also  develop  new  products  on  a  timely  basis.    The  failure  to  develop  competitive 
products and to introduce new products on a timely basis could curtail the ability of our technology businesses to 
attract and retain customers and thereby could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

The loss of third party licenses utilized by our technology businesses may have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.   

We license the rights to use certain technologies from third-party vendors to incorporate in or complement our 
various healthcare technology products and solutions, which are primarily offered through our Technology Solutions 
segment.  These licenses are generally nonexclusive, must be renewed periodically by mutual consent and may be 
terminated if we breach the terms of the license.  As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product 
shipments until we obtain equivalent technology, which could hurt our business.  Our competitors may obtain the 
right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses and use the technology to compete directly with us.  In 
addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we may not be able to 
modify or adapt our own products.   

17 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate and products may be found to infringe the rights of third 
parties.   

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  nondisclosure  and  other 
contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights in our products and solutions.  There 
can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop 
technologies  that  are  substantially  equivalent  or  superior  to  our  technology.    In  addition,  despite  protective 
measures,  we  may  be  subject  to  unauthorized  use  of  our technology  due  to  copying,  reverse-engineering  or other 
infringement.    Although  we  believe  that  our  products  do  not  infringe  the  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties,  from 
time-to-time  third  parties  have  asserted  infringement  claims  against  us  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  third 
parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future.  If we were found to be infringing others’ rights, 
we  may  be  required  to  pay  substantial  damage  awards  and  forced  to  develop  non-infringing  technology,  obtain  a 
license or cease selling the products that contain the infringing technology.  Additionally, we may find it necessary 
to  initiate  litigation  to  protect  our  trade  secrets,  to  enforce  our  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  rights  and  to 
determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others.  These types of litigation can be costly and time 
consuming.  These litigation expenses, damage payments or costs of developing replacement technology could have 
a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

System errors or failures of our products to conform to specifications could cause unforeseen liabilities or injury, 
harm our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

The  software  and  software  systems  (“systems”)  that  we  sell  or  operate  are  very  complex.    As  with  complex 
systems  offered  by  others,  our  systems  may  contain  errors,  especially  when  first  introduced.    For  example,  our 
Technology  Solutions  segment’s business  systems  are  intended  to  provide  information  for healthcare  providers  in 
providing patient care.  Therefore, users of our systems have a greater sensitivity to errors than the general market 
for software products.  If our software or systems lead to faulty clinical decisions or injury to patients, we could be 
subject  to  claims  or  litigation  by  our  clients,  clinicians  or  patients.    In  addition,  such  failures  could  damage  our 
reputation and could negatively affect future sales.   

Failure  of  a  client’s  system  to  perform  in  accordance  with  our  documentation  could  constitute  a  breach  of 
warranty  and  could  require  us  to  incur  additional  expense  in  order  to  make  the  system  comply  with  the 
documentation.    If  such  failure  is  not  remedied  in  a  timely  manner,  it  could  constitute  a  material  breach  under  a 
contract, allowing the client to cancel the contract, obtain refunds of amounts previously paid or assert claims for 
significant damages.   

Various  risks  could  interrupt  customers’  access  to  their  data  residing  in  our  service  center,  exposing  us  to 
significant costs.   

We  provide  remote  hosting  services  that  involve  operating  both  our  software  and  the  software  of  third-party 
vendors for our customers.  The ability to access the systems and the data that we host and support on demand is 
critical to our customers.  Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number 
of  sources,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  including,  without  limitation,  (1)  power  loss  and 
telecommunications failures, (2) fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters, (3) software and hardware errors, 
failures or crashes and (4) computer viruses, hacking and similar disruptive problems.  We attempt to mitigate these 
risks through various means including disaster recovery plans, separate test systems and change control and system 
security  measures,  but  our  precautions  may  not  protect  against  all  problems.    If  customers’  access  is  interrupted 
because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims, particularly if the 
access interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of medical care.  We must maintain disaster 
recovery and business continuity plans that rely upon third-party providers of related services and if those vendors 
fail us at a time that our center is not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to 
fulfill our contractual service commitments.  Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect 
our reputation and ability to sell our remote hosting services.   

18 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Regulation  of  our  distribution  businesses  and  regulation  of  our  computer-related  products  could  impose 
increased costs, delay the introduction of new products and negatively impact our business.   

The  healthcare  industry  is  highly  regulated.    We  are  subject  to  various  local,  state,  federal,  foreign  and 
transnational  laws  and  regulations,  which  include  the  operating  and  security  standards  of  the  Drug  Enforcement 
Administration (the “DEA”), the FDA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the HHS, CMS 
and other comparable agencies.  Certain of our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses 
with,  and  comply  with  operating  and  security  standards  of  the  DEA,  the  FDA,  HHS,  various  state  boards  of 
pharmacy,  state  health  departments  and/or  comparable  state  agencies  as  well  as  foreign  agencies  and  certain 
accrediting  bodies  depending  upon  the  type  of operations and  location  of  product  distribution,  manufacturing  and 
sale.   

In  addition,  the  FDA  has  increasingly  focused  on  the  regulation  of  computer  products  and  computer-assisted 
products as medical devices under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.  If the FDA chooses to regulate any of 
our  products  as  medical  devices,  it  can  impose  extensive  requirements  upon  us.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  the 
applicable requirements, the FDA could respond by imposing fines, injunctions or civil penalties, requiring recalls 
or  product  corrections,  suspending  production,  refusing  to  grant  pre-market  clearance  of  products,  withdrawing 
clearances  and  initiating  criminal  prosecution.    Any  final  FDA  policy  governing  computer  products,  once  issued, 
may increase the cost and time to market new or existing products or may prevent us from marketing our products.   

We  regularly  receive  requests  for  information  and  occasionally  subpoenas  from  government  authorities.  
Although we believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable laws and regulations, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  a  regulatory  agency  or  tribunal  would  not  reach  a  different  conclusion  concerning  the 
compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations.  In addition, there can be no assurance that we 
will  be  able  to  maintain  or  renew  existing  permits,  licenses  or  any  other  regulatory  approvals  or  obtain  without 
significant  delay  future  permits,  licenses  or  other  approvals  needed  for  the  operation  of  our  businesses.    Any 
noncompliance  by  us  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  the  failure  to  maintain,  renew  or  obtain  necessary 
permits and licenses could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

Regulations relating to confidentiality of sensitive personal information and to format and data content standards 
could  depress  the  demand  for  our  products  and  impose  significant  product  redesign  costs  and  unforeseen 
liabilities on us.   

State,  federal  and  foreign  laws  regulate  the  confidentiality  of  sensitive  personal  information  and  the 
circumstances under which such information may be released.  These regulations govern the disclosure and use of 
confidential personal and patient medical record information and require the users of such information to implement 
specified security measures.  Regulations currently in place, including regulations governing electronic health data 
transmissions,  continue  to  evolve  and  are  often  unclear  and  difficult  to  apply.    Although  our  systems  are  being 
updated  and  modified  to  comply  with  the  current  requirements  of  state  and  foreign  laws  and  the  Federal  Health 
Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  and  the  HITECH  Act,  evolving  laws  and 
regulations in this area could restrict the ability of our customers to obtain, use or disseminate patient information or 
could require us to incur significant additional costs to re-design our products in a timely manner, either of which 
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, in February 2010, certain provisions 
of the federal security and privacy standards were extended to us in our capacity as a business associate of our payor 
and  provider  customers.    Furthermore,  failure  to  maintain  confidentiality  of  sensitive  personal  information  in 
accordance  with  the  applicable  regulatory  requirements  could  expose  us  to  breach  of  contract  claims,  fines  and 
penalties, costs for remediation and harm to our reputation.   

19 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The length of our sales and implementation cycles for our Technology Solutions segment could have a material 
adverse impact on our future results of operations.   

Many of the solutions offered by our Technology Solutions segment have long sales and implementation cycles, 
which could range from a few months to two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of 
implementation.  How and when to implement, replace, or expand an information system, or modify or add business 
processes,  are  major  decisions  for  healthcare  organizations.    Many  of  the  solutions  we  provide  typically  require 
significant capital expenditures and time commitments by the customer.  Recent legislation that provides incentives 
to purchase health information systems imposes strict conditions on these incentives, including the requirement that 
purchased  systems  must  comply  with  applicable  federally-endorsed  standards.    To  the  extent  these  standards  are 
narrowly  construed  or  delayed  in  publication,  our  customers  may  delay  or  cancel  their  purchase  decisions.    Any 
decision by our customers to delay or cancel implementation could have a material adverse impact on our results of 
operations.  Furthermore, delays or failures to meet milestones established in our agreements may result in a breach 
of contract, termination of the agreement, damages and/or penalties as well as a reduction in our margins or a delay 
in our ability to recognize revenue.   

We  may  be  required  to  record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  if  our  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  become 
impaired.   

We  are  required  under  U.  S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”)  to  test  our  goodwill  for 
impairment, annually or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist.  Indicators that are considered 
include significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of 
the assets, significant negative industry, or economic  trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price 
and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time.  In addition, we periodically review our intangible assets 
for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  
Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets 
may not be recoverable include slower growth rates and the loss of a significant customer.  We may be required to 
record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  during  the  period  in  which  any 
impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets is determined.  This could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.  There are inherent uncertainties in management’s estimates, judgments and assumptions used 
in assessing recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets.  Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to 
meet  business  plans,  a  further  deterioration  in  the  market  or  other  unanticipated  events  and  circumstances,  may 
affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge.   

Our  foreign  operations  may  subject  us  to  a  number  of  operating,  economic,  political  and  regulatory  risks  that 
may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.   

We  have  operations  based  in  foreign  countries,  including  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  other  European 
countries, Asia Pacific and Israel and we have a large investment in Mexico.  In the future, we look to continue to 
grow  our  foreign  operations  both  organically  and  through  acquisitions  and  investments;  however,  increasing  our 
foreign operations carries additional risks.  Operations outside of the United States may be affected by changes in 
trade  protection  laws,  policies,  measures  and  other  regulatory  requirements  affecting  trade  and  investment; 
unexpected  changes  in  regulatory  requirements  for  software,  social,  political,  labor  or  economic  conditions  in  a 
specific country or region; import/export regulations in both the United States and foreign countries and difficulties 
in  staffing  and  managing  foreign  operations.    Political  changes  and  natural  disasters,  some  of  which  may  be 
disruptive,  can  interfere  with  our  supply  chain,  our  customers  and  all  of  our  activities  in  a  particular  location.  
Additionally, foreign operations expose us to foreign currency fluctuations that could adversely impact our results of 
operations based on the movements of the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar.   

Foreign  operations  are  also  subject  to  risks  of  violations  of  laws  prohibiting  improper  payments  and  bribery, 
including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar regulations in foreign jurisdictions.  Failure to comply 
with  these  laws  could  subject  us  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our 
financial condition and results of operations.   

20 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could have a material adverse impact on our results 
of operations.   

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions.  As 
such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of 
many  international  jurisdictions.    From  time-to-time,  various  legislative  initiatives  may  be  proposed  that  could 
adversely  affect  our  tax  positions.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  effective  tax  rate  will  not  be  adversely 
affected by these initiatives.  In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and 
regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations.  Although we believe that our historical 
tax  positions  are  sound  and  consistent  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and  existing  precedent,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that these tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in 
any such challenge.  

Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully.  

An element of our strategy is to identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions that either expand or complement 
our  business.    Integration  of  acquisitions  involves  a  number  of  risks  including  the  diversion  of  management’s 
attention  to  the  assimilation  of  the  operations  of  businesses  we  have  acquired;  difficulties  in  the  integration  of 
operations  and  systems;  the  realization  of  potential  operating  synergies;  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  the 
personnel of the acquired companies; accounting, regulatory or compliance issues that could arise, including internal 
control over  financial  reporting;  challenges  in  retaining  the  customers  of  the  combined  businesses and  a potential 
material adverse impact on operating results.  In addition, we may potentially require additional financing in order to 
fund  future  acquisitions,  which  may  or  may  not  be  attainable.    If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  complete  and 
integrate  strategic  acquisitions  in  a  timely  manner,  our  business  and  our  growth  strategies  could  be  negatively 
affected. 

Continued  volatility  and  disruption  to  the  global  capital  and  credit  markets  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to 
access credit, our cost of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers.   

Volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets, including the bankruptcy or restructuring of 
certain  financial  institutions,  reduced  lending  activity  by  other  financial  institutions,  decreased  liquidity  and 
increased costs in the commercial paper market and the reduced market for securitizations, may adversely affect the 
availability and cost of credit already arranged and the availability, terms and cost of credit in the future, including 
any arrangements to renew or replace our current credit or financing arrangements.  Although we believe that our 
operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, including our existing credit and 
sales  facilities,  will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair 
our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing.   

Our  $1.1 billion  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  is  generally  renewed  annually  and  will  expire  in  mid-May 
2010.    Although  we  did  not  use  this  facility  in  2010,  we  have  historically  used  it  to  fund  working  capital 
requirements,  as  needed.    We  anticipate  renewing  this  facility  before  its  expiration.    If  our  use  of  the  current 
accounts receivable sales facility is characterized as a secured borrowing rather than a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes 
under  accounting  pronouncements  that  will  become  effective  for  us  in  2011,  we  may  be  required  to  consider  the 
funds obtained by us under this facility and the related liens in the covenant compliance calculations for certain of 
our other financing arrangements.  Although we believe we will be able to renew this facility, there is no assurance 
that we will be able to do so.   

Our business could also be negatively impacted if our customers or suppliers experience disruptions resulting 
from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy.  As a result, customers may modify, 
delay  or  cancel  plans  to  purchase  or  implement  our  products  or  services  and  suppliers  may  increase  their  prices, 
reduce their output or change their terms of sale.  Additionally, if customers’ or suppliers’ operating and financial 
performance deteriorates or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, customers may not be 
able  to  pay,  or  may  delay  payment  of  accounts  receivable  owed  to  us  and  suppliers  may  restrict  credit,  impose 
different  payment  terms  or be  unable  to  make payments  due  to us for fees,  returned  products  or  incentives.   Any 
inability  of  customers  to  pay  us  for  our  products  and  services  or  any  demands by  suppliers  for  different payment 
terms may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flow.   

21 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  other 
standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.   

Our  financial  statements  are  subject  to  the  application  of  U.S.  GAAP,  which  is  periodically  revised  and/or 
expanded.  Accordingly, from time-to-time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by 
recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC.  It is possible that future accounting standards we 
are  required  to  adopt  could  change  the  current  accounting  treatment  that  we  apply  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  that  such  changes  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.   

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Because of the nature of our principal businesses, our plant, warehousing, office and other facilities are operated 
in  widely  dispersed  locations,  mostly  throughout  the  U.S.  and  Canada.    The  warehouses  are  typically  owned  or 
leased on a long-term basis.  We consider our operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to 
meet  our  needs  for  the  next  several  years  without  making  capital  expenditures  materially  higher  than  historical 
levels.  Information as to material lease commitments is included in Financial Note 16, “Lease Obligations,” to the 
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Financial Note 18, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to our consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 4. 

Reserved 

Not applicable. 

22 

 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Executive Officers of the Registrant  

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their 
principal occupations during the past five years.  The number of years of service with the Company includes service 
with predecessor companies. 

There  are  no  family  relationships  between  any  of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.    The 
executive officers are elected on an annual basis generally and their term expires at the first meeting of the Board of 
Directors  (“Board”)  following  the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  have 
qualified, or until death, resignation or removal, whichever is sooner. 

Name 

Age 

Position with Registrant and Business Experience 

John H. Hammergren ...........  51  Chairman of the Board since July 2002; President and Chief Executive Officer
since April 2001; and a director since July 1999.  Service with the Company –
14 years. 

Jeffrey C. Campbell..............  49  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2004; Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from December 2003 to April 2004.
Service with the Company – 6 years. 

Patrick J. Blake.....................  46  Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  June  2009;  President  of
McKesson Specialty Care Solutions from April 2006 to June 2009; President of 
Customer Operations for McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical from October 2000 to
April 2006.  Service with the Company – 14 years. 

Paul C. Julian........................  54  Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  April  2004;  Senior  Vice
President  from  August  1999  to  April  2004.    Service  with  the  Company  –  14 
years. 

Jorge L. Figueredo................  49  Executive  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  since  May  2008;  Senior  Vice
President, Human Resources, Dow Jones, Inc. from February 2007 to January
2008;  President,  International,  Liz  Claiborne  Inc.  from  October  1984  to  May
2006.  Service with the Company – 2 years. 

Marc E. Owen.......................  50  Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development since
April  2004;  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Strategy  and  Business
Development from September 2001 to April 2004.  Service with the Company
– 9 years. 

Laureen E. Seeger.................  48  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Chief  Compliance  Officer
since  April  2010  (functionally  has  served  as  chief  compliance  officer  since
March 2006); Executive Vice President and General Counsel from July 2009 to
April  2010;  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary from 
March  2006  to  July  2009;  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of  McKesson
Provider  Technologies  from  February  2000  to  March  2006.    Service  with  the
Company – 10 years. 

Randall N. Spratt .................. 

58  Executive  Vice  President, Chief  Technology  Officer  and  Chief  Information 
Officer since April 2009; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer 
from  July  2005  to  April  2009;  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Process  Officer,
McKesson Provider Technologies from  April 2003 to July 2005.  Service with
the Company – 24 years. 

23 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities and Stock Price Performance Graph 

(a)  Market Information:  The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the New York 

Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).   

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on NYSE for 

each quarterly period of the two most recently completed fiscal years: 

First quarter .......................................................................
Second quarter...................................................................
Third quarter......................................................................
Fourth quarter ....................................................................

2010 

2009 

High 
$45.27 
$59.95 
$64.98 
$66.98 

Low 
$33.13 
$42.61 
$55.82 
$57.23 

High 
$58.78 
$58.85 
$52.55 
$45.80 

Low 
$51.96 
$52.32 
$28.60 
$34.77 

(b)  Holders:    The  number  of  record  holders  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  March  31,  2010,  was 

approximately 8,700. 

(c)  Dividends:  We declared regular cash dividends of $0.48 per share (or $0.12 per share per quarter) in the years 

ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.   

The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  pay  quarterly  cash  dividends  in  the  future.    However,  the 
payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the 
Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

(d)  Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  under  Equity  Compensation  Plans:    Information  relating  to  this  item  is 

provided under Part III, Item 12, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

(e)  Share Repurchase Plans:  The following table provides information on the Company’s share repurchases during 

the fourth quarter of 2010: 

Share Repurchases (1) 

(In millions, except price per share) 
January 1, 2010 – January 31, 2010 
February 1, 2010 – February 28, 2010 
March 1, 2010 – March 31, 2010 

Total 

Total  
Number of Shares 
Purchased  

Average Price Paid
Per Share 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
As Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Program 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the 
Programs 
531 
531 
531 
531 

  $ 

(1)  This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee 

stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax-withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

In April 2008, the Board approved a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock of 
which $531 million remained available for future repurchases as of March 31, 2010.  During the fourth quarter of 
2010,  the  Company  did  not  repurchase  any  shares  of  common  stock.    During  2010,  the  Company  repurchased 
approximately 8 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $41.47 for $299 million.  In April 2010, 
the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $1.0 billion  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.    Stock 
repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through 
accelerated share repurchase programs, or by any combination of such methods.  The timing of any repurchases and 
the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and 
regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions.   

(f)  Stock  Price  Performance  Graph*:    The following graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder return  on 
the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Value 
Line Healthcare Sector Index (composed of 154 companies in the health care industry, including the Company). 

McKesson Corporation

S&P 500 Index
Value Line Healthcare Sector Index

$200.00

$160.00

$120.00

$80.00

$40.00

$0.00

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

McKesson 

Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
Value Line 

Healthcare 
Sector Index 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

March 31, 

$ 
$ 

100.00 
100.00 

$ 
$ 

138.80 
111.73 

$ 
$ 

156.61 
124.95 

$ 
$ 

140.65 
118.60 

$ 
$ 

95.11 
73.43 

$ 
$ 

179.99 
109.97 

$ 

100.00 

$ 

111.54 

$ 

117.82 

$ 

111.76 

$ 

85.43 

$ 

118.37 

∗  Assumes  $100  invested  in  McKesson’s  common  stock  and  in  each  index  on  March  31,  2005  and  that  all  dividends  are 

reinvested.   

25 

 
 
 
 
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS 

(In millions, except per share data and ratios) 
Operating Results 
Revenues 

Percent change 

Gross profit  
Income from continuing operations before 

income taxes 

Income after income taxes 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Net income 

Financial Position 
Working capital 
Days sales outstanding for: (1) 
Customer receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 

Total assets 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
Stockholders’ equity 
Property acquisitions 
Acquisitions of businesses, net 

Common Share Information 
Common shares outstanding at year-end 
Shares on which earnings per common share 

were based 
Diluted  
Basic 

Diluted earnings per common share (2) 

$

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared per common share 
Book value per common share (2) (3) 
Market value per common share – year end 

Supplemental Data 
Capital employed (4) 
Debt to capital ratio (5) 
Net debt to net capital employed (6) 
Average stockholders’ equity (7) 
Return on stockholders’ equity (8) 

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$ 108,702 

  $ 106,632 

  $ 101,703 

  $  92,977 

  $

86,983 

1.9%   

5,676 

4.8%   

5,378 

9.4%   

5,009 

6.9%   

4,332 

10.0% 

3,777 

1,864 

1,263 
— 
1,263 

1,064 

1,457 

1,297 

1,171 

823 
— 
823 

989 
1 
990 

968 
(55) 
913 

745 
6 
751 

4,492 

3,065 

2,438 

2,730 

3,527 

25 
34 
48 
28,189 
2,297 
7,532 
199 
18 

271 

273 
269 

4.62 
— 
4.62 
131 
0.48 
27.79 
65.72 

  $

24 
31 
43 
25,267 
2,512 
6,193 
195 
358 

271 

279 
275 

2.95 
— 
2.95 
134 
0.48 
22.87 
35.04 

  $

22 
33 
44 
24,603 
1,797 
6,121 
195 
610 

277 

298 
291 

3.32 
— 
3.32 
70 
0.24 
22.10 
52.37 

21 
32 
43 
23,943 
1,958 
6,273 
126 
1,938 

295 

305 
298 

3.17 
(0.18) 
2.99 
72 
0.24 
21.26 
58.54 

  $ 

  $

22 
29 
41 
20,961 
991 
5,907 
166 
589 

304 

316 
306 

2.36 
0.02 
2.38 
74 
0.24 
19.43 
52.13 

9,829 
23.4%   
(23.5)%  
6,768 
18.7%   

8,705 
28.9%   
6.1%   

6,214 
13.2%   

7,918 

22.7%   
6.6%   

6,344 
15.6%   

8,231 
23.8% 
0.1% 

6,022 
15.2% 

6,898 
14.4% 
(24.1)%
5,736 
13.1% 

Footnotes to Five-Year Highlights:  
(1)  Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year.   
(2)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 
(3)  Represents stockholders’ equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. 
(4)  Consists of total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(5)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by capital employed. 
(6)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(7)  Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 
(8)  Ratio is computed as net income divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW  

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

GENERAL 

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  referred  to  as  the 
Financial  Review,  is  intended  to  assist  the  reader  in  the  understanding  and  assessment  of  significant  changes  and 
trends related to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries.  This 
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying 
financial notes in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 
1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in this document to a particular year shall mean the 
Company’s fiscal year. 

Certain  statements  in  this  report  constitute  forward-looking  statements.    See  Item  1  –  Business  –  Forward-
Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional factors relating to these statements; 
also  see  Item  1A  –  Risk  Factors  in  Part  I  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  a  list  of  certain  risk  factors 
applicable to our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  two  operating  segments:  Distribution  Solutions  and  Technology  Solutions.  
See  Financial  Note  21,  “Segments  of  Business,”  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a 
description of these segments.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Revenues 
Litigation Charge (Credit), Net 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operations, Net 
Net Income  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 

Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operations 

Total 

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2010 
108,702 
(20) 

1,864 
(601) 
1,263 
— 
1,263 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

273 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
106,632 
493 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,064 
(241) 
823 
— 
823 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

279 

2008 
101,703 
(5) 

1,457 
(468) 
989 
1 
990 

3.32 
— 
3.32 

298 

Revenues increased 2% to $108.7 billion in 2010 and 5% to $106.6 billion in 2009.  The increase in revenues 
primarily reflects market growth in our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of 
our  consolidated  revenues.    To  a  lesser  extent,  revenues  for  2010  were  also  affected  by  an  increase  in  demand 
related  to  the  flu  season.    These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  the  loss  of  several  customers  in  late  2009.  
Revenues for 2009 were increased by our acquisitions of Oncology Therapeutics Network (“OTN”) in October 2007 
and McQueary Brothers Drug Company (“McQueary Brothers”) in May 2008.  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes increased 75% to $1.9 billion in 2010 and decreased 
27%  to  $1.1 billion  in  2009.    The  increase  in  2010  was  due  to  improved  gross  profit,  lower  operating  expenses 
compared to 2009, which included the $493 million Average Wholesale Price (“AWP”) litigation charge discussed 
below,  and  increases  in  other  income,  partially  offset  by  higher  interest  expense.    The  decrease  in  income  from 
continuing operations before income taxes in 2009 was due to higher operating expenses, primarily caused by the 
AWP litigation charge, and due to lower other income, partially offset by improved gross profit.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Gross profit increased 6% to $5.7 billion and 7% to $5.4 billion in 2010 and 2009.  As a percentage of revenues, 
gross profit increased 18 basis points (“bp”) to 5.22% and 11 bp to 5.04% in 2010 and 2009.  Gross profit margin 
increased in 2010 primarily reflecting an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both our Distribution Solutions 
and  Technology  Solutions  segments.    The  increase  in  our  2009  gross  profit  margin  was  primarily  due  to  an 
improvement  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  margin,  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  our  Technology 
Solutions segment margin.   

Operating expenses were $3.7 billion, $4.2 billion and $3.5 billion in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Operating expenses 
for  2010  decreased  compared  to  2009,  which  included  the  AWP  litigation  charge  as  further  discussed  under  the 
caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review.  Excluding the AWP litigation charge, operating expenses 
for 2010 approximated the same period a year ago primarily due to lower Profit Sharing Investment Plan (“PSIP”) 
expense as more fully described under the caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review, cost containment 
efforts,  the  sale  of  two  businesses  during  the  first  and  third  quarters  in  2009  and  the  reversal  of  a  previously 
established  litigation  accrual.    These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  expenses  associated  with 
employee compensation and benefit costs, our 2009 business acquisitions and other business initiatives.  Operating 
expenses  for  2009  increased  primarily  due  to  additional  expenses  incurred  to  support  our  sales  growth,  expenses 
associated with our business acquisitions and higher employee compensation.  As noted above, operating expenses 
for 2009 included a pre-tax charge of $493 million for the AWP litigation charge.   

In 2010, other income, net includes a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) from the sale of our 50% 
equity  interest  in  McKesson  Logistics  Solutions  L.L.C.  (“MLS”).    In  2009,  other  income,  net  includes  a  pre-tax 
impairment  charge  of  $63 million  ($60 million  after-tax)  on  two  equity-held  investments  and  a  pre-tax  gain  of 
$24 million  ($14 million  after-tax)  from  the  sale  of  an  equity-held  investment.    Over  the  last  two  years,  other 
income,  net  was  negatively  affected  by  a  decrease  in  interest  income  due  to  lower  interest  rates  and  in  2009  was 
affected by a lower average cash and cash equivalents balance.   

Interest  expense  increased  30%  to  $187 million  in  2010  and  1%  to  $144 million  in  2009.    Interest  expense 
increased  in  2010  compared  to  the  prior  year primarily  due  to  our  issuance  of $700 million  of  long-term  notes  in 
February 2009.  Interest expense for 2009 reflects the repayment of $150 million of long-term debt during the fourth 
quarter of 2008 and the issuance of $700 million of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2009.   

Our reported income tax rates were 32.2%, 22.7% and 32.1% in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  In 2009, current income 
tax expense included $111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items of which, $87 million represents a 
non-cash  benefit.    These  benefits  primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and 
related  accrued  interest.    The  recognition  of  these  discrete  items  is  primarily  due  to  the  lapsing  of  the  statutes  of 
limitations. 

Net income was $1,263 million, $823 million and $990 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008 and diluted earnings per 
common share were $4.62, $2.95 and $3.32, which were favorably affected by decreases in our weighted average 
shares outstanding due to the cumulative effect of share repurchases from 2008 to 2010.   

28 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Revenues: 

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services  
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 

Total Revenues 

2010 

72,210 
21,435 
93,645 
9,072 
2,861 
105,578 

2,439 
571 
114 
3,124 
108,702 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

  $ 

  $ 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

60,436 
27,668 
88,104 
8,106 
2,509 
98,719 

2,240 
591 
153 
2,984 
101,703 

Total  revenues  increased  2%  to  $108.7 billion  in  2010  and  5%  to  $106.6 billion  in  2009.    The  growth  in 
revenues was primarily driven by our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of 
revenues.   

Direct  distribution  and  services  revenues  increased  in  2010  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  a  shift  of 
revenues  from  sales  to  customers’  warehouses  to  direct  store  delivery  and  market  growth,  which  includes  price 
increases and increased volume from new and existing customers, offset in part by the greater sales of lower priced 
generic drugs.  This increase was partially offset by the loss of several customers in late 2009.  Direct distribution 
and services revenues increased in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily reflecting market growth, our acquisitions of 
OTN  in  October  2007  and  McQueary  Brothers  in  May  2008  and  a  shift  of  revenues  from  sales  to  customers’ 
warehouses to direct store delivery.   

Sales to customers’ warehouses for 2010 decreased compared to prior year primarily due to a shift of revenues 
to direct store delivery, reduced revenues associated with a large customer and the loss of a large customer in mid-
2009, partially offset by expanded business with existing customers.  Sales to customers’ warehouses decreased in 
2009 compared to 2008 primarily reflecting a customer’s loss of business, the loss of a large customer and reduced 
revenues associated with the consolidation of certain customers.  Additionally, 2009 revenues were also impacted by 
a shift to direct store delivery.  These decreases were partially offset by expanded business with existing customers.   

Sales  to  retail  customers’  warehouses  represent  large  volume  sales  of  pharmaceuticals  primarily  to  a  limited 
number  of  large  self-warehousing  retail  chain  customers  whereby  we  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and subsequently deliver the bulk product 
(generally  in  the  same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    This 
distribution method is typically not marketed or sold by the Company as a stand-alone service; rather, it is offered as 
an  additional  distribution  method  for  our  large  retail  chain  customers  that  have  an  internal  self-warehousing 
distribution network.  Sales to customers’ warehouses provide a benefit to these customers because they can utilize 
the Company as one source for both their direct-to-store business and their warehouse business.  We generally have 
significantly lower gross profit margins on sales to customers’ warehouses as we pass much of the efficiency of this 
low cost-to-serve model on to the customer.  These sales do, however, contribute to our gross profit dollars.   

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The customer mix of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution revenues was as follows: 

Direct Sales 

Independents 
Institutions 
Retail Chains  
Subtotal 

Sales to retail customers’ warehouses 

Total 

2010 

2009 

2008 

12% 
32 
32 
76 
24 
100% 

13% 
32 
26 
71 
29 
100% 

13% 
30 
24 
67 
33 
100% 

In  2010,  the  percentage  of  total  direct  and  warehouse  revenue  attributed  to  the  Company’s  retail  chain 
customers  compared  to  our  other  customer  groups  increased  slightly  from  the  same  period  a  year  ago,  while  it 
declined  in  2009.    In  2009,  this  decline  resulted  in  a  positive  impact  on  the  Company’s  gross  profit  margin.    As 
previously  described,  a  limited  number  of  our  large  retail  chain  customers  purchase  products  through  both  the 
Company’s direct and warehouse distribution methods, the latter of which generally has a significantly lower gross 
profit margin due to the low cost-to-serve model.  When evaluating and pricing customer contracts, we do so based 
on our assessment of total customer profitability.  As a result, we do not evaluate the Company’s performance or 
allocate resources based on sales to customers’ warehouses or gross profit associated with such sales. 

Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues for 2010 increased on a constant currency basis by 
7% from prior year primarily due to market growth, which includes price increases and increased volume from new 
and  existing  customers  and  a  favorable  foreign  exchange  rate  of  3%.    Canadian  pharmaceutical  distribution  and 
services revenues for 2009 increased slightly primarily reflecting market growth, which was almost fully offset by 
9% unfavorable foreign exchange rates and the loss of a customer.   

Medical-Surgical distribution and services revenues increased in 2010 compared to 2009 reflecting an increase 
in demand related to the flu season, acquisitions and increased volume from new and existing customers.  Medical-
Surgical distribution  and  services  revenues  increased for 2009 from  prior  year primarily  reflecting market  growth 
and acquisitions.  In addition, revenues in 2008 were impacted by the discontinuance of the distribution of a product 
line.    Revenues  associated  with  this  product  line  are  now  recorded  by  our  U.S.  pharmaceutical  distribution  and 
services business.   

Technology  Solutions  revenues  increased  in  2010  compared  to  prior  year  due  to  higher  services  revenues 
primarily  caused  by  increases  in  outsourcing  revenues  for  claims  processing  and  other  services  and  software 
maintenance reflecting the segment’s expanded customer base.  These increases were partially offset by a shift to 
products  that  have  higher  revenue  deferral  rates  and  lower  hardware  sales.    Technology  Solutions  revenues 
increased  in  2009  primarily  due  to  increased  services  revenues  primarily  reflecting  the  segment’s  expanded 
customer base and outsourcing revenues for claims processing.  These increases were partially offset by unfavorable 
foreign  exchange  rates  and  a  decrease  in  software  revenues,  particularly  in  the  hospital  and  physician  office 
customer channels.   

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Gross Profit:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit  

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

4,219 
1,457 
5,676 

  $ 

  $ 

3,955 
1,423 
5,378 

  $ 

  $ 

3,586 
1,423 
5,009 

4.00% 
46.64 
5.22 

3.82% 
46.44 
5.04 

3.63% 
47.69 
4.93 

Gross profit increased 6% to $5.7 billion in 2010 and 7% to $5.4 billion in 2009.  As a percentage of revenues, 
gross profit increased by 18 bp in 2010 and 11 bp in 2009.  Gross profit margin increased in 2010 primarily due to 
an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both of our operating segments.  Our Distribution Solutions segment 
margin  increased  primarily  due  to  flu-related  demand.    Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  margin  improved 
reflecting  a  change  in  revenue  mix.    In  2009,  the  increase  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  gross  profit  margin  was 
partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  reflecting  a  change  in  revenue  mix  and  the 
recognition  of  $21 million  of  disease  management  deferred revenues  in  2008  for  which  associated  expenses  were 
previously recognized as incurred.   

In 2010, our Distribution Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased compared to 2009 primarily due to 
the impact of the H1N1 flu virus, which helped drive an improved mix of higher margin revenues stemming from 
increased flu-related demand across our distribution businesses.  Gross profit margin was also favorably affected by 
a higher buy side margin, which primarily reflects compensation from branded pharmaceutical manufacturers, and 
increased sales of higher margin generic drugs.  These benefits were partially offset by a decline in sell margin.  Our 
last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) net inventory expense was $8 million for 2010 and 2009.   

In  2009,  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  compared  to  2008.    Gross  profit 
margin  was  impacted  by  the  benefit  of  increased  sales  of  generic  drugs  with  higher  margins;  higher  buy  side 
margins  and  an  increase  associated  with  a  lower  proportion  of  revenues  within  the  segment  attributed  to  sales  to 
customers’  warehouses,  which  generally  have  lower  gross  profit  margins  relative  to  other  revenues  within  the 
segment.  These increases were partially offset by a modest decline in sell margin during the latter part of the year 
and LIFO net inventory credits ($8 million LIFO net expense in 2009 compared to a $14 million LIFO net credit in 
2008).   

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  uses  the  LIFO  method  of  accounting  for  the  majority  of  its  inventories, 
which results in cost of sales that more closely reflects replacement cost than under other accounting methods.  The 
practice  in  the  Distribution  Solutions’  distribution  businesses  is  to  pass  on  to  customers  published  price  changes 
from  suppliers.    Manufacturers  generally  provide  us  with  price  protection,  which  limits  price-related  inventory 
losses.    Price  declines  on  many  generic  pharmaceutical  products  in  this  segment  over  the  last  few  years  have 
moderated  the  effects  of  inflation  in  other  product  categories,  which  resulted  in  minimal  overall  price  changes  in 
those  years.    Additional  information  regarding  our  LIFO  accounting  is  included  under  the  caption  “Critical 
Accounting Policies and Estimates,” included in this Financial Review.   

For each of the last three years, the Company’s sales to customers’ warehouses represented 5% or less of the 
segment’s total gross profit dollars.  In 2010, the percentage of total direct and warehouse revenue attributed to our 
retail chain customers compared to our other customer groups increased slightly from the same period a year ago, 
while it declined in 2009.  In 2009, this decline resulted in a positive impact on the Company’s gross profit margin.   

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In  2010,  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  was  favorably  affected  by  a  change  in 

revenue mix, partially offset by a higher software revenue deferral rate.   

In  2009,  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  decreased  compared  to  the  prior  year 
primarily  reflecting  a  change  in  revenue  mix  and  the  recognition  in  2008  of  $21 million  of  disease  management 
deferred revenues for which associated expenses were previously recognized as incurred.   

Operating Expenses:   

(Dollars in millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions (1) 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Subtotal 

Litigation (credit), net 

Total 

Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,260 
1,077 
351 
3,688 
(20) 
3,668 

2.14% 
34.48 
3.37 

  $ 

  $ 

2,777 
1,096 
309 
4,182 
- 
4,182 

2.68% 
35.77 
3.92 

2,138 
1,115 
283 
3,536 
(5) 
3,531 

2.17% 
37.37 
3.47 

(1)  Operating expenses for 2009 include the $493 million AWP litigation charge. 

Operating  expenses  decreased  12%  to  $3.7 billion  in  2010  and  increased  18%  to  $4.2 billion  in  2009.  
Operating expenses for 2010 decreased compared to 2009, which included the AWP litigation charge as more fully 
described below.  Excluding the AWP litigation charge, operating expenses for 2010 approximated the same period 
a year ago primarily due to lower PSIP expense as more fully described below, cost containment efforts, the sale of 
two  businesses  during  the  first  and  third  quarters  in  2009  and  the  reversal  of  a  previously  established  litigation 
accrual.  These decreases were partially offset by an increase in expenses associated with employee compensation 
and benefit costs, our 2009 business acquisitions and other business initiatives.   

Excluding  the  AWP  litigation  charge,  operating  expenses  for  2009  increased  primarily  due  to  additional 
expenses  incurred  to  support  our  sales  growth,  expenses  associated  with  our  business  acquisitions  and  higher 
employee compensation.   

The McKesson Corporation PSIP is a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation 
Action.  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds.  On October 
9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately  $119 million of the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action proceeds.  
Approximately  $42 million  of  the  proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  allocated  shares  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were 
allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010.  Approximately $77 million of the 
proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  unallocated  shares  (the  “Unallocated  Proceeds”)  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP in an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) suspense account.  In accordance with the plan 
terms, the PSIP distributed all of the Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan 
year in April 2010.  The receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of 
the Company’s common stock held by the PSIP in its ESOP suspense account during the Consolidated Securities 
Litigation  Action  class-holding  period  and  was  not  a  contribution  made  by  the  Company  to  the  PSIP  or  ESOP.  
Accordingly, there were no accounting consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of 
the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP.   

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The  Company’s  PSIP  expense  for  the  full  year  is  negligible,  as  the  Company  did  not  make  additional 
contributions to the PSIP or ESOP.  As a result, our compensation expense in 2010 was lower than 2009.  During 
2009 and 2008, PSIP expense was $53 million and $13 million.  The expense for 2008 was lower than 2009 due to 
the utilization of lower cost basis shares from the ESOP to fund our matching contributions.  The expense for 2011 
is expected to be approximately $58 million. 

PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows: 

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions  
Corporate 

PSIP expense 

Cost of sales (1) 
Operating expenses 
PSIP expense 

2010 

— 
1 
— 
1 

— 
1 
1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
23 
28 
2 
53 

  $

  $ 

  $ 

  $

  $

12 
41 
53 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

5 
7 
1 
13 

3 
10 
13 

(1)  Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our Technology Solutions segment. 

Over the last three years, we recorded the following reduction in workforce and restructuring charges:  

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

(In millions) 
Other workforce reduction charges, net (1) 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

$ 

Restructuring charges (credits), net 

Distribution Solutions (2) 
Technology Solutions (3) 
Corporate  
Total 

  $ 

9 
11 
20 

1 
— 
1 
2 

  $ 

7 
25 
32 

4 
(2) 
(1) 
1 

Total reduction in workforce and restructuring charges  $ 

22 

  $ 

33 

  $ 

Cost of sales (4) 
Operating expenses 
Total reduction in workforce and restructuring charges  $ 

$ 

5 
17 
22 

  $ 

  $ 

5 
28 
33 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
8 
8 

8 
9 
2 
19 

27 

7 
20 
27 

(1)  Although  other  workforce  reduction  actions  do  not  constitute  a  restructuring  plan  as  defined  under  U.S.  GAAP,  they  do 
represent  independent  actions  taken  from  time-to-time,  as  appropriate.    Other  workforce  reduction  charges  also  reflected 
related facility exit costs of $4 million and $3 million in 2010 and 2009 for our Technology Solutions segment. 

(2)  In 2008, we incurred $4 million of severance costs associated with the closure of two facilities and $1 million and $3 million 

of severance and asset impairments associated with the integration of OTN. 

(3)  In 2008, we incurred $5 million of severance and exit-related costs and a $4 million asset impairment charge for the write-

off of capitalized software costs associated with the termination of a software project. 
(4)  Amounts recorded to cost of sales generally pertain to our Technology Solutions segment. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

On  a  segment  basis,  Distribution  Solutions’  operating  expenses  decreased  in  2010  and  increased  in  2009 
primarily due to the $493 million AWP litigation charge in 2009.  Excluding the AWP litigation charge, operating 
expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  decreased  in  2010  primarily  due  to  the  sale  of  two 
businesses during the first and third quarters of 2009, lower PSIP expense in 2010 and our continued focus on cost 
containment, partially offset by an increase in expenses associated with our 2009 business acquisitions.   

Excluding  the  AWP  litigation  charge,  operating  expenses  in  2009  increased  primarily  due  to  business 
acquisitions and additional costs incurred to support our sales volume growth.  Operating expenses as a percentage 
of  revenues  increased  in  2009  primarily  due  to  the  AWP  litigation  charge  as  well  as  additional  costs  incurred  to 
support our sales volume growth.   

As  discussed  in  Financial  Note  18,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  in  2009 we  reached  an 
agreement  to  settle  all  private  party  claims  relating  to  First  DataBank,  Inc.’s  published  drug  reimbursement 
benchmarks for $350 million.  We also recorded an accrual for pending and expected AWP-related claims by public 
payors,  which  is  currently  estimated  to  be  $143 million.    The  combination  of  the  AWP  settlement  for  all  private 
party  claims  and  the  decision  by  us  to  establish  an  estimated  accrual  for  the  pending  and  expected  AWP-related 
claims by public payors resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $493 million in the third quarter of 2009.   

Technology Solutions segment’s operating expenses decreased over the past two years.  Operating expenses and 
operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  for  2010  benefited  from  lower  PSIP  expense,  cost  containment 
efforts  and  reduction  in  workforce  plans  implemented  in  2009,  partially  offset  by  our  continued  investment  in 
research  and  development  activities.    Operating  expenses  for  2009  decreased  primarily  due  to  cost  containment 
efforts and a decrease in bad debt expense, partially offset by an increase in net research and development expenses 
and  additional  costs  for  business  acquisitions.    Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  for  this  segment 
decreased for 2009 primarily reflecting the segment’s cost containment efforts and a more favorable business mix.   

Corporate expenses have increased over the last two years.  Corporate expenses for 2010 increased primarily 
due to higher compensation and benefits costs, other business initiatives and legal settlement charges, partially offset 
by  the  reversal  of  a  previously  established  litigation  accrual.    Corporate  expenses  increased  in  2009  compared  to 
2008 primarily reflecting an increase in accounts receivable sales facility fees, compensation expense and additional 
costs incurred to support various initiatives.     

Other Income, net:   

(In millions) 
By Segment 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

29 
5 
9 
43 

  $ 

  $ 

(20) 
7 
25 
12 

  $ 

  $ 

35 
11 
75 
121 

In 2010, other income, net includes a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) from the sale of our 50% 
equity interest in MLS.  The gain on sale of our investment in MLS was recorded within our Distribution Solutions 
segment.    The  increase  in  other  income,  net  was  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  interest  income  due  to  lower 
interest rates in 2010.  Interest income, which is primarily recorded in Corporate, was $16 million, $31 million and 
$89 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  

In 2009, other income, net included a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two 
equity-held investments (as further described below) and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after-tax) from 
the sale of our 42% equity interest in Verispan, LLC (“Verispan”).  The impairment charge and the gain on sale of 
our investment in Verispan were both recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.  Excluding these items, 
other  income,  net  decreased  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  interest  income  from  lower  average  cash  and  cash 
equivalents balances and interest rates.   

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values  of  such  investment  may  have  experienced  an  other-than-temporary  decline  in  value.    During  the  fourth 
quarter of 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata was lower than its carrying value and that 
such impairment was other-than-temporary.  Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based 
on  estimated  future  results  and  market  capitalization  rates.    We  determined  the  impairment  was  other-than-
temporary  based  on  our  assessment  of  all  relevant  factors  including  deterioration  in  the  investee’s  financial 
condition and weak market conditions.  As a result, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $58 million ($55 million 
after-tax) on this investment which is recorded within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.  
Our investment in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting within our Distribution Solutions 
segment.   

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we also recorded a pre-tax impairment of $5 million ($5 million after-tax) on 

another equity-held investment within our Distribution Solutions segment.  

Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Segment Operating Profit (1) 
Distribution Solutions (2) (3) 
Technology Solutions 

Subtotal 

Corporate Expenses, Net 
Litigation Credit, Net 
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

  $ 

$ 

1,988 
385 
2,373 
(342) 
20 
(187) 

  $ 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
- 
(144) 

1,483 
319 
1,802 
(208) 
5 
(142) 

Taxes  

$ 

1,864 

  $ 

1,064 

  $ 

1,457 

Segment Operating Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

1.88% 
12.32 

1.12% 
10.90 

1.50% 
10.69 

(1)  Segment  operating  profit  includes  gross  profit,  net  of  operating  expenses,  plus  other  income  (expense),  net  for  our  two 

operating segments.   

(2)  Operating  expenses  for  2009  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  included  the  $493 million  pre-tax  AWP  litigation 

charge. 

(3)  Other  income,  net  for  2010  for our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  included  the  MLS  pre-tax  gain  of  $17 million  and  for 
2009 included $63 million of pre-tax charges to write-down two equity-held investments and a $24 million pre-tax gain on 
the sale of our equity investment in Verispan.   

In  2010,  operating  profit  margin  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  increased  primarily  due  to  a  higher 
gross profit margin, lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and the gain on sale of the segment’s 50% 
equity investment in MLS.  Operating expenses improved due to the sale of two businesses during the first and third 
quarters of 2009 and lower PSIP expense, partially offset by an increase in expenses associated with our business 
acquisitions.  Results for 2009 included the $493 million AWP litigation charge, $63 million of pre-tax charges to 
write-down  two  equity-held  investments  and  a  $24 million  pre-tax  gain  on  the  sale  of  the  segment’s  42%  equity 
investment in Verispan.   

In 2009, operating profit margin in our Distribution Solutions segment decreased compared to 2008 primarily 
due to an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues as a result of the AWP litigation charge and a 
decrease in other income, partially offset by a higher gross profit margin.   

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2010, operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment increased compared to 2009 primarily 

due to lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and an improvement in gross profit margin.   

In 2009, operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment increased compared to 2008 primarily 
due  to  a decrease  in operating  expenses  as a  percentage of  revenues, partially  offset by  a decrease  in gross  profit 
margin.  Operating profit margin for this segment for the past two years has benefited from cost containment efforts 
and a more favorable revenue mix.  

Corporate expenses, net of other income increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to an increase in 
operating expenses and a decrease in interest income. Corporate expenses, net of other income, increased in 2009 
compared to 2008 primarily due to a decrease in interest income and an increase in operating expenses.   

Litigation  Credit,  Net:    In  2010  and  2008  we  recorded  net  credits  of  $20 million  and  $5 million  relating  to 

settlements for the securities litigation.  

Interest Expense:  Interest expense increased in 2010 compared to the prior year primarily due to our issuance 
of $700 million of long-term notes in February 2009.  Interest expense increased slightly in 2009 compared to the 
prior year, which reflects the repayment of $150 million of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the 
issuance  of  $700 million  of  long-term  debt  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.    Refer  to  our  discussion  under  the 
caption  “Credit  Resources”  within  this  Financial  Review  for  additional  information  regarding  our  financing 
activities.   

Income Taxes:  Our reported tax rates were 32.2%, 22.7% and 32.1% in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  In addition to 
the items noted below, fluctuations in our reported tax rate are primarily due to changes within our business mix, 
including varying proportions of income attributable to foreign countries that have lower income tax rates.  

In 2009, we recorded a $182 million income tax benefit for the AWP litigation accrual.  The tax benefit could 

change in the future depending on the resolution of the pending and expected claims.   

In  2009,  current  income  tax  expense  included  $111 million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items  of 
which  $87 million  represents  a  non-cash  benefit.    These  benefits  primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously 
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest.  The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to 
the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.   

In  2008,  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  began  its  examination  of  our  fiscal  years  2003  through 
2006.    In  2009  and  2010,  we  received  assessments  from  the  Canada  Revenue  Agency  (“CRA”)  for  a  total  of 
$62 million related to transfer pricing for 2003, 2004 and 2005.  We paid the CRA assessments to stop the accrual of 
interest.  We have appealed the assessment for 2003 and have filed a notice of objection for 2004 and 2005.  We 
believe we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results.  In nearly all jurisdictions, the tax years prior 
to 2003 are no longer subject to examination.  We believe that we have made adequate provision for all remaining 
income tax uncertainties.   

In 2008, the IRS completed an examination of our consolidated income tax returns for 2000 to 2002 resulting in 
a signed Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”), which was subsequently approved by the Joint Committee on Taxation.  
The IRS and the Company agreed to certain adjustments, primarily related to transfer pricing and income tax credits.  
As  a  result  of  the  approved  RAR,  we  recognized  approximately  $25 million  of  net  federal  and  state  income  tax 
benefits in 2008.   

Discontinued  Operations:    No  charges  for  discontinued  operations  were  incurred  during  2010  and  2009.    In 
2008,  discontinued  operations  included  $1 million  from  the  Company’s  Acute  Care  business,  which  was  sold  in 
2007. 

36 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Net  Income:    Net  income  was  $1,263 million,  $823 million  and  $990 million  in  2010,  2009  and  2008  and 
diluted earnings per common share were $4.62, $2.95 and $3.32.  The net income and diluted earnings per common 
share for 2009 included a pre-tax charge of $493 million ($311 million after-tax) for the AWP litigation as discussed 
in further detail under the caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review.   

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding:  Diluted earnings per common share was calculated 
based  on  a  weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding  of  273 million,  279 million  and  298 million  for  2010, 
2009 and 2008.  The decrease in the number of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding over the past 
two years primarily reflects a decrease in the number of shares outstanding as a result of stock repurchased, partially 
offset by exercise of share-based awards.   

International Operations 

International  operations  accounted  for  8.6%,  7.9%  and  8.2%  of  2010,  2009  and  2008  consolidated  revenues.  
International operations are subject to certain risks, including currency fluctuations.  We monitor our operations and 
adopt strategies responsive to changes in the economic and political environment in each of the countries in which 
we  operate.    Additional  information  regarding  our  international  operations  is  also  included  in  Financial  Note  21, 
“Segments of Business,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Business Combinations and Investments 

In 2009, we made the following acquisition: 

On  May  21,  2008,  we  acquired  McQueary  Brothers  of  Springfield,  Missouri  for  approximately  $190 million.  
McQueary  Brothers  is  a  regional  distributor  of  pharmaceutical,  health  and  beauty  products  to  independent  and 
regional  chain  pharmacies  in  the  Midwestern  U.S.    This  acquisition  expanded  our  existing  U.S.  pharmaceutical 
distribution  business.    The  acquisition  was  funded  with  cash  on  hand.    During  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  the 
acquisition  accounting  was  completed.    Approximately  $126 million  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  has  been 
assigned  to  goodwill,  which  primarily  reflects  the  expected  future  benefits  from  synergies  to  be  realized  upon 
integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  are  acquired  identifiable  intangibles  of 
$61 million  representing  a  customer  relationship  with  a  useful  life  of  7  years,  a  trade  name  of  $2 million  with  a 
useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life of 4 years.  Financial 
results  for  McQueary  Brothers  have  been  included  within  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  since  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

In 2008, we made the following acquisition: 

On  October  29,  2007,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  OTN  of  San  Francisco,  California  for 
approximately $519 million, including the assumption of debt and net of $31 million of cash and cash equivalents 
acquired from OTN.  During the third quarter of 2009, the acquisition accounting was completed.  OTN is a U.S. 
distributor  of  specialty  pharmaceuticals.    The  acquisition  of  OTN  expanded our  existing  specialty  pharmaceutical 
distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.  Financial results for OTN are included within 
our Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition.  Approximately $240 million of the purchase price 
allocation has been assigned to goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits from synergies upon 
integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  are  acquired  identifiable  intangibles  of 
$115 million representing customer relationships with a weighted-average life of 9 years, developed technology of 
$3 million with a weighted-average life of 4 years and trademarks and trade names of $10 million with a weighted-
average life of 5 years.   

37 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions and investments within 
both  of  our  operating  segments.    Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our 
consolidated  financial  statements  since  their  respective  acquisition  dates.    Purchase  prices  for  our  business 
acquisitions  have  been  allocated  based  on  estimated  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition  and  for  certain  recent 
acquisitions  may  be  subject  to  change  as  we  continue  to  evaluate  and  implement  various  restructuring  initiatives.  
Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  Pro 
forma  results  of  operations  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  not  been  presented  because  the  effects  were  not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.  Refer to Financial 
Note 2, “Business Combinations and Investments,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for further discussions regarding our acquisitions and investing activities.   

2011 Outlook 

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  2011  outlook  is  contained  in  our  Form  8-K  dated  May  3,  2010.    This 
Form 8-K should be read in conjunction with the sections Item 1 – Business – Forward-looking Statements and Item 
1A – Risk Factors in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters 
that were uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could 
have used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period 
to  period,  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  from  operations.    Below  are  the 
estimates  that  we  believe  are  critical  to  the  understanding  of  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Other 
accounting  policies  are  described  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  appearing  in  this Annual  Report on Form  10-K.   Because of  the  uncertainty  inherent  in  such 
estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  We provide short-term credit and other customer financing arrangements to 
customers  who  purchase  our  products  and  services.    Other  customer  financing  primarily  relates  to  guarantees 
provided to our customers, or their creditors, regarding the repurchase of inventories.  We also provide financing to 
certain  customers related  to  the purchase of  pharmacies,  which  serve  as  collateral for the  loans.   We  estimate  the 
receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge 
regarding  the  current  creditworthiness  of  our  customers  and  record  an  allowance  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for these amounts.   

In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes portfolio and specific reserves, 
the  Company  reviews  accounts  receivable  aging,  industry  trends,  customer  financial  strength,  credit  standing, 
historical write-off trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection.  If the frequency and severity 
of  customer  defaults  due  to  our  customers’  financial  condition  or  general  economic  conditions  change,  our 
allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  may  require  adjustment.    As  a  result,  we  continuously  monitor  outstanding 
receivables and other customer financing and adjust allowances for accounts where collection may be in doubt.  At 
March 31, 2010, revenues and accounts receivable from our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 53% 
of  consolidated  revenues  and  45% of  accounts receivable.    At  March 31, 2010,  revenues  and  accounts  receivable 
from our two largest customers, CVS and Rite Aid, represented approximately 15% and 12% of total consolidated 
revenues and 14% and 10% of accounts receivable.  As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant.  A 
default in payments, a material reduction in purchases from these, or any other large customer or the loss of a large 
customer could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.   

38 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Reserve  methodologies  are  assessed  annually  based  on  historical  losses  and  economic,  business  and  market 
trends.  In addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present.  We 
believe  the  reserves  maintained  and  expenses  recorded  in  2010  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  historical 
methodologies employed.  At this time, we are not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead 
to  a  significant  increase  in  the  foreseeable  future  in  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  as  a  percentage  of  net 
revenue. 

At  March  31,  2010,  trade  and  notes  receivables  were  $7,375 million  prior  to  allowances  of  $131 million.    In 
2010, 2009 and 2008 our provision for bad debts was $17 million, $29 million and $41 million.  At March 31, 2010 
and 2009, the allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables was 1.8% and 2.2%.  An increase or decrease 
of 0.1% in the 2010 allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables would result in an increase or decrease 
in the provision on receivables of approximately $7 million.  Additional information concerning our allowance for 
doubtful accounts may be found in Schedule II included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Inventories:  We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”).  Inventories for our Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the  cost  of  domestic  inventories  is  determined  using  the  LIFO  method  and  the  cost  of  Canadian  inventories  is 
determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  method.    Technology  Solutions  segment  inventories  consist  of 
computer hardware with cost determined by the standard cost method.  Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, 
chargebacks  and  other  incentives  received  from  vendors  are  generally  accounted for  as  a  reduction  in  the  cost  of 
inventory  and  are  recognized  when  the  inventory  is  sold.    Total  inventories  were  $9.4 billion  and  $8.5 billion  at 
March 31, 2010 and 2009.   

The  LIFO  method was used to  value  approximately  87%  and  88% of our  inventories at  March  31, 2010  and 
2009.  At March 31, 2010 and 2009, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $93 million and $85 million.  
LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2010 and 2009, we recognized net 
LIFO  expense  of  $8 million  and  in  2008,  net  LIFO  credits  of  $14 million  within  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  In 2010, our $8 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products.  A LIFO expense 
is recognized when the net effect of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products 
held  in  inventory  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the 
effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity.  A LIFO credit is recognized when the 
impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on 
branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory.   

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as 
valued  under  FIFO.    Primarily  due  to  continued  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceutical  inventories,  pharmaceutical 
inventories at LIFO were $112 million and $107 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2010 and 2009.  As a 
result,  in  2010  and  2009,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $5 million  and  $64 million  within  our  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  to  adjust  our  LIFO  inventories  to  market.    As  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceuticals 
continues, we anticipate that LIFO credits from the valuation of our pharmaceutical products will be fully offset by 
LCM reserves.   

In  determining  whether  inventory  valuation  issues  exist,  we  consider  various  factors  including  estimated 
quantities  of  slow-moving  inventory  by  reviewing  on-hand  quantities,  outstanding  purchase  obligations  and 
forecasted sales.  Shifts in market trends and conditions, changes in customer preferences due to the introduction of 
generic drugs or new pharmaceutical products or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could 
affect the value of our inventories.  We provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, if indicated, as a result of 
these reviews.  These factors could make our estimates of inventory valuation differ from actual results.    

39 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Business Combinations:  We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which 
requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair 
values.    Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as 
goodwill.   

Prior  to  April  1,  2009,  amounts  allocated  to  acquired  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”)  were 
expensed at the date of acquisition.  Effective April 1, 2009, acquired IPR&D is measured at fair value using market 
participant  assumptions  and  initially  capitalized  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset.    Capitalized  IPR&D  is 
amortized  over  its  estimated  useful  life  once  the  asset  is  put  in  service.    Capitalized  IPR&D  is  reviewed  for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  we  will  not  be  able  to  recover  the  asset’s 
carrying  amount.    The  judgments  made  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  assigned  to  each  class  of  assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  as  well  as  asset  lives,  can  materially  impact  our  results  of  operations.    The 
valuations  are  based  on  information  available  near  the  acquisition  date  and  are  based  on  expectations  and 
assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management.  Effective April 1, 2009, contingent consideration is 
measured  at  its  acquisition-date  fair  value.    Contingent  consideration  classified  as  a  liability  is  remeasured  at  fair 
value  at  the  end  of  each  subsequent  reporting  period  and  changes  to  the  fair  value  are  included  in  the  current 
period’s earnings.  Contingent consideration classified as equity is not remeasured subsequently. 

Several  methods  may  be  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.    For 
intangible  assets,  we  typically  use  the  income  method.    This  method  starts  with  a  forecast  of  all  of  the  expected 
future  net  cash  flows  for  each  asset  or  liability  acquired.    These  cash  flows  are  then  adjusted  to  present  value  by 
applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams.  Some of 
the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount 
and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash 
flows  and  the  assessment  of  the  asset’s  life  cycle  and  the  competitive  trends  impacting  the  asset,  including 
consideration of  any  technical,  legal,  regulatory,  or  economic  barriers  to  entry.   Determining  the  useful  life  of  an 
intangible  asset  also  requires  judgment  as  different  types  of  intangible  assets  will  have  different  useful  lives  and 
certain  assets  may  even  be  considered  to  have  indefinite  useful  lives.    Refer  to  Financial  Note  2,  “Business 
Combinations and Investments,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K for additional information regarding our acquisitions.   

Goodwill:    As  a  result  of  acquiring  businesses,  we  have  $3,568 million  and  $3,528 million  of  goodwill  at 
March 31,  2010  and  2009.    We  maintain  goodwill  assets  on  our  books  unless  the  assets  are  considered  to  be 
impaired.  We perform an impairment test on goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if 
indicators for potential impairment exist.  Indicators that are considered include significant changes in performance 
relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry, or 
economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained 
period of time.   

Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is generally  defined  as  a  component  –  one 
level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete financial 
information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit.  Components 
that have essentially similar operations, products, services and customers are aggregated as a single reporting unit.  
Management  judgment  is  involved  in  determining  which  components  may  be  combined  and  changes  in  these 
combinations could affect the outcome of the testing. 

40 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net 
assets  for  the  reporting  units.    If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  a  second  step  would  be  performed  to 
calculate  the  amount  of  impairment,  which  would  be  recorded  as  a  charge  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  Fair values can be determined using the market, income or cost approach.  To estimate the fair value of 
our  reporting  units,  we  use  a  combination  of  the  market  approach  and  the  income  approach.    Under  the  market 
approach,  we  estimate  fair  value  by  comparing  the  business  to  similar  businesses,  or  guideline  companies  whose 
securities are actively traded in public markets.  Under the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow model 
in  which  cash  flows  anticipated  over  several  periods,  plus  a  terminal  value  at  the  end  of  that  time  horizon,  are 
discounted  to  their  present  value  using  an  appropriate  rate  of  return.    In  addition,  we  compare  the  aggregate  fair 
value of our reporting units to our market capitalization as further corroboration of the fair value. 

Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the goodwill impairment estimation process 
using  the  market  approach  include  the  selection  of  appropriate  guideline  companies,  the  determination  of  market 
value multiples for both the guideline companies and the reporting unit, the determination of applicable premiums 
and discounts based on any differences in marketability between the business and the guideline companies and for 
the  income  approach,  the  required  rate  of  return  used  in  the  discounted  cash  flow  method,  which  reflects  capital 
market conditions and the specific risks associated with the business.  Other estimates inherent in both the market 
and income approaches include long-term growth rates, projected revenues and earnings and cash flow forecasts for 
the reporting units.   

Estimates of fair value result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely 
heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  at  a  point  in  time.   The judgments  made  in  determining  an  estimate  of  fair 
value may materially impact our results of operations.  The valuations are based on information available as of the 
impairment  review  date  and  are  based  on  expectations  and  assumptions  that  have  been  deemed  reasonable  by 
management.  Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in 
the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates 
and could potentially result in an impairment charge.   

In 2010 and 2009, we concluded that there were no impairments of goodwill as the fair value of each reporting 

unit exceeded its carrying value.   

Supplier Incentives:  Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or 
distribution of inventory, are generally reported as a reduction to cost of goods sold.  We consider these fees and 
other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product 
cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.   

Supplier  Reserves:    We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.    These  reserve 
estimates  are  established  based  on  judgment  after  carefully  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims, 
historical  experience  with  the  suppliers,  the  specific  incentive  programs  and  any  other  pertinent  information 
available.  We evaluate the amounts due from suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when 
appropriate  based  on  changes  in  factual  circumstances.    As  of  March  31,  2010  and  2009,  supplier  reserves  were 
$89 million and $113 million.  All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2010 and 2009 pertain to our Distribution 
Solutions segment.  A hypothetical 0.1% percentage increase or decrease in the supplier reserve as a percentage of 
trade payables would have resulted in an increase or decrease in the cost of sales of approximately $13 million in 
2010.  The ultimate outcome of any amounts due from our suppliers may be different from our estimate.   

41 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Income  Taxes:    Our  income  tax  expense  and  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect  management’s  best 
assessment  of  estimated  current  and  future  taxes  to  be  paid.    We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and 
numerous  foreign jurisdictions.    Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated 
income tax provision and in evaluating income tax uncertainties.  We review our tax positions at the end of each 
quarter and adjust the balances as new information becomes available. 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of 
revenue and expense.  In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive 
and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative net operating losses in the 
most  recent  years  and  our  forecast  of  future  taxable  income.    In  estimating  future  taxable  income,  we  develop 
assumptions  including  the  amount  of  future  federal,  state  and  foreign  pre-tax  operating  income,  the  reversal  of 
temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies.  These assumptions 
require  significant  judgment  about  the  forecasts  of  future  taxable  income  and  are  consistent  with  the  plans  and 
estimates  we  use  to  manage  the  underlying  businesses.    We  had  deferred  income  tax  assets  (net  of  valuation 
allowances)  of  $1,187 million  and  $1,447 million  at  March  31,  2010  and  2009  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  of 
$1,845 million  and  $1,889 million.    Deferred  tax  assets primarily  consist  of  net  loss  and  credit  carryforwards  and 
timing  differences  on  our  compensation  and  benefit  related  accruals.    Deferred  tax  liabilities  primarily  consist  of 
basis  differences  for  inventory  valuation  (including  inventory  valued  at  LIFO)  and  other  assets.    We  established 
valuation allowances of $97 million against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relate to federal, state and 
foreign loss carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain.  Changes in tax laws and 
rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.  Should tax laws change, including 
those laws pertaining to LIFO, our cash flows could be materially impacted.   

If our assumptions and estimates described above were to change, an increase/decrease of 1% in our effective 
tax  rate  as  applied  to  income  from  continuing  operations  would  have  increased/decreased  tax  expense  by 
approximately $19 million, or $0.07 per diluted share, for 2010.   

Share-Based Compensation:  Our compensation programs include share-based compensation.  We account for 
all  share-based  compensation  transactions  using  a  fair-value  based  measurement  method.    The  share-based 
compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded vesting and service conditions.  For awards 
with  performance  conditions  and  multiple  vest  dates,  we  recognize  the  expense  on  a  graded  vesting  basis.    For 
awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the expense on a straight-line basis.   

We estimate the grant-date fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes options-pricing model.  
We  believe  that  it  is  difficult  to  accurately  measure  the  value  of  an  employee  stock  option.    Our  estimates  of 
employee  stock  option  values  rely  on  estimates  of  factors  we  input  into  the  model.    The  key  factors  involve  an 
estimate  of  future  uncertain  events.    The  key  factors  influencing  the  estimation  process,  among  others,  are  the 
expected life of the option, the expected stock price volatility factor and the expected dividend yield.  In determining 
the expected life of the option, we primarily use historical experience as our best estimate of future exercise patterns.  
We  use  a  combination  of  historical  and  implied  market  volatility  to  determine  the  expected  stock  price  volatility 
factor.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock price movements and 
is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations.  Once the fair values of employee stock options 
are  determined,  current  accounting  practices  do  not  permit  them  to  be  changed,  even  if  the  estimates  used  are 
different from actual experience.   

42 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In addition, we develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards, which will ultimately vest primarily 
based on historical experience.  Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a material effect on share-based 
compensation expense.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is 
made  to  increase  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  a  decrease  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial  statements.   If the actual forfeiture rate is  lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment  is 
made  to  decrease  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  an  increase  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial statements.  We re-assess the estimated forfeiture rate established upon grant periodically throughout the 
requisite service period.  Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures.  As required, the 
forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests.  The actual forfeitures in future 
reporting periods could be materially higher or lower than our current estimates.   

Our  assessments  of  estimated  share-based  compensation  charges  are  affected  by  our  stock  price  as  well  as 
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables and the related tax impact.  These variables 
include  the  volatility  of  our  stock  price,  employee  stock  option  exercise  behavior,  timing,  number  and  types  of 
annual  share-based  awards  and  the  attainment  of  performance  goals.    As  a  result,  the  future  share-based 
compensation expense may differ from the Company’s historical amounts.   

Loss Contingencies: We are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, 
investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of 
our business.  We record a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability 
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management reviews these provisions at 
least  quarterly  and  adjusts  them  to  reflect  the  impact  of  negotiations,  settlements,  rulings,  advice of  legal  counsel 
and  other  information  and  events  pertaining  to  a  particular  case.    Because  litigation  outcomes  are  inherently 
unpredictable,  these  decisions  often  involve  a  series  of  complex  assessments  by  management  about  future  events 
that  can  rely  heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  and  it  is  possible  that  the  actual  cost  of  these  matters  could 
impact our earnings, either negatively or positively, in the period of their resolution. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

We  expect  our  available  cash  generated from  operations, together  with  our  existing sources of  liquidity  from 
our accounts receivable sales facility and short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial 
paper, will be sufficient to fund our long-term and short-term capital expenditures, working capital and other cash 
requirements.    In  addition,  from  time-to-time,  we  may  access  the  long-term  debt  capital  markets  to  discharge our 
other liabilities.   

Net  cash flow from  operating  activities  was  $2,316 million  in 2010,  compared  to  $1,351 million  in 2009  and 
$869 million in 2008.  Operating activities for 2010 were primarily affected by improved management of drafts and 
accounts payable, partially offset by an increase in inventories due to our revenue growth and the AWP litigation 
private payor settlement payments of $350 million.  Cash flows from operations can also be significantly impacted 
by factors such as the timing of receipts from customers and payments to vendors. 

Operating activities for 2009 include a non-cash charge of $493 million and the related income tax benefit of 
$182 million  for  the  AWP  litigation  charge.    Operating  activities  for  2009  reflect  an  increase  in  receivables 
primarily  associated  with  our  revenue  growth  as  well  as  longer  payment  terms  for  certain  customers  and 
improvement in our net financial inventory (inventory, net of drafts and accounts payable).   

Operating activities for 2008 were affected by a use of cash of $962 million due to the release of restricted cash 
for  our  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action.    In  addition,  operating  activities  in  2008  reflect  changes  in  our 
working capital accounts due to revenue growth.   

43 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Net cash used in investing activities was $309 million in 2010 compared to $727 million in 2009 and $5 million 
in  2008.    Investing  activities  for  2010  include  $199 million  and  $179 million  in  capital  expenditures  for  property 
acquisitions  and  capitalized  software  and  the  release  of  $55 million  of  restricted  cash  from  escrow  related  to  the 
AWP  litigation  settlement  payments.    Investing  activities  for  2009  included  $358 million  of  cash  payments  for 
business  acquisitions,  including  the  McQueary  Brothers  acquisition  for  approximately  $190 million.    Investing 
activities  for  2008  benefited  from  the  $962 million  release  of  restricted  cash  for  our  Consolidated  Securities 
Litigation  Action.    Investing  activities  included  $610 million  in  2008  of  cash  paid  for  business  acquisitions, 
including OTN.   

Financing activities utilized cash of $421 million in 2010, provided cash of $178 million in 2009 and utilized 
cash  of  $1,470 million  in  2008.    Financing  activities  for  2010  include  $323 million  in  cash  paid  for  share 
repurchases and  $218 million in cash paid on our long-term debt, which primarily consisted of $215 million paid on 
the maturity of our 9.13% Series C Senior Notes in March 2010.  Financing activities for 2009 include our February 
2009 issuance of $350 million of 6.50% notes due 2014 and $350 million of 7.50% notes due 2019.  Net proceeds of 
$693 million from the issuance of the notes, after discounts and offering expenses, were used by the Company for 
general corporate purposes.  Financing activities for 2009 were also impacted by $502 million of cash paid for share 
repurchases,  $116 million  of  dividends  paid  and  $97 million  of  cash  receipts  from  employees’  exercises  of  stock 
options.   

Financing  activities  for  2008  included  $1.7 billion  of  cash  paid  for  stock  repurchases  and  $70 million  of 

dividends paid, partially offset by $354 million of cash receipts from common stock issuances.   

The Company’s Board has authorized the repurchase of McKesson’s common stock from time-to-time in open 
market  transactions,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  through  accelerated  share  repurchase  programs,  or  by  any 
combination  of  such  methods.    The  timing  of  any  repurchases  and  the  actual  number  of  shares  repurchased  will 
depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under 
our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions.  This authorization is described in more detail in 
Financial Note 19, “Stockholders’ Equity,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K.    During  2010,  2009  and  2008,  the  Company  repurchased  $299 million,  $484 million  and 
$1,686 million  of  its  common  stock  at  average  prices  of  $41.47,  $50.52  and  $59.48.    As  of  March  31,  2010, 
$531 million  remained  available  for  future  repurchases  under  the  outstanding  April  2008  Board  approved  share 
repurchase  plan.    In  April  2010,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $1.0 billion  of  the 
Company’s common stock. 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  During the second quarter of 2009, all of 
the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price 
over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a 
decrease to retained earnings.   

The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  pay  quarterly  cash  dividends  in  the  future.    However,  the 
payment  and  amount  of  future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the 
Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.   

Although we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, 
as evidenced by our debt issuance in February 2009, including our existing credit and sales facilities, will give us the 
ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that continued or increased 
volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of 
borrowing. 

44 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital  
Debt, net of cash and cash equivalents 
Debt to capital ratio (1) 
Net debt to net capital employed (2) 
Return on stockholders’ equity (3) 

$ 

  $ 

2010 
3,731 
4,492 
(1,434) 
23.4% 
(23.5)% 
18.7% 

March 31, 
2009 
2,109 
3,065 
403 
28.9% 
6.1% 
13.2% 

  $ 

2008 

1,362 
2,438 
435 
22.7% 
6.6% 
15.6% 

(1)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(2)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(3)  Ratio is computed as net income, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

Our cash and equivalents balance as of March 31, 2010, included approximately $1.2 billion of cash held by our 
subsidiaries  outside  of  the  United  States.    Although  the  vast  majority  of  cash  held  outside  the  United  States  is 
available for repatriation, doing so could subject us to U.S. federal, state and local income tax.  We may temporarily 
access  cash  held  by  foreign  subsidiaries without  subjecting  us  to U.S.  federal, state  and  local  income  tax  through 
intercompany loans.  A notice issued by the IRS in January 2009 announced that the Treasury Department will, for a 
temporary  period,  extend  the  permitted  duration  of  such  intercompany  loans  that  qualify  for  suspended  deemed 
dividend  treatment  under  Section  956  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.    Pursuant  to  the  IRS 
notice, such intercompany loans from foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. parent must be less than 60 days in duration 
and  borrowing  activities  cannot  exceed  180  cumulative  days  during  the  year.    At  March  31,  2010,  there  were  no 
intercompany  loans  outstanding.    The  position  set  forth  in  the  notice  will  apply  for  the  Company  until 
March 31, 2011.   

Working  capital  primarily  includes  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables  and  inventories,  net  of  drafts  and 
accounts  payable,  deferred  revenue  and  other  current  liabilities.    Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  requires  a 
substantial  investment  in  working  capital  that  is  susceptible  to  large  variations  during  the  year  as  a  result  of 
inventory purchase patterns and seasonal demands.  Inventory purchase activity is a function of sales activity and 
customer requirements.   

Consolidated  working  capital  increased  at  March  31,  2010,  compared  to  March  31,  2009,  primarily  due  to 
increases in cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by an increase in net financial inventory and repayment of 
$215 million  of  our  long-term  debt  in  March  2010.    Consolidated  working  capital  increased  at  March  31,  2009, 
compared  to  March  31,  2008,  primarily  due  to  increases  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  accounts  receivable, 
partially offset by our $493 million AWP litigation accrual and a higher current portion of long-term debt.   

Our  ratio  of  net  debt  to  net  capital  employed  decreased  at  March  31,  2010,  compared  to  March  31,  2009, 
primarily reflecting an increase in cash and cash equivalents and repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in 
March 2010.  This ratio decreased at March 31, 2009, compared to March 31, 2008, primarily reflecting an increase 
in cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by our issuance of $700 million of long-term debt.   

The Company has paid quarterly cash dividends at the rate of $0.06 per share on its common stock since the 
fourth quarter of 1999.  In April 2008, the quarterly dividend was raised from six cents to twelve cents per share.  
The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, the payment 
and  amount  of  future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the  Company’s 
future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.  In 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid total 
cash dividends of $131 million, $116 million and $70 million.   

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Contractual Obligations: 

The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2010: 

$ 

(In millions) 
On balance sheet 
Long-term debt  (1) 
Other  (2) 
Off balance sheet 
Interest on borrowings  (3) 
Purchase obligations  (4) 
Customer guarantees  (5) 
Operating lease obligations (6)  
$ 

Total 

Total 

  Within 1 

  Over 1 to 3 

  Over 3 to 5 

After 5 

Years 

2,296 
300 

879 
3,272 
146 
363 
7,256 

  $ 

  $ 

3 
22 

149 
3,059 
64 
106 
3,403 

  $ 

  $ 

919 
48 

258 
121 
25 
140 
1,511 

  $ 

  $ 

350 
128 

156 
66 
6 
67 
773 

  $ 

  $ 

1,024 
102 

316 
26 
51 
50 
1,569 

(1)  Represents maturities of the Company’s long-term obligations including an immaterial amount of capital lease obligations.  

See Financial Note 12, “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing,” for further information. 

(2)  Represents  our  estimated  benefit  payments  for  the  unfunded  benefit  plans  and  minimum  funding  requirements  for  the 

pension plans.  

(3)  Primarily represents interest that will become due on our fixed rate long-term debt obligations.  
(4)  A purchase obligation is defined as an arrangement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on 
the Company.  These obligations primarily relate to inventory purchases, capital commitments and service agreements.   
(5)  Represents primarily agreements with certain of our customers’ financial institutions (primarily for our Canadian business) 
under which we have guaranteed the repurchase of inventory at a discount in the event these customers are unable to meet 
certain obligations to those financial institutions.  Among other limitations, these inventories must be in resalable condition.  
The  inventory  repurchase  agreements  mostly  range  from  one  to  two  years.    Customer  guarantees  range  from  one  to  five 
years  and  were  primarily  provided  to  facilitate  financing  for  certain  customers.    The  majority  of  our  other  customer 
guarantees  are  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  customer.    At  March  31,  2010,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory 
repurchase guarantees and other customer guarantees were $124 million and $17 million.  We consider it unlikely that we 
would make significant payments under these guarantees and accordingly, no amounts had been accrued at March 31, 2010.  
Refer to Financial Note 17, “Financial Guarantees and Warranties,” for further information. 

(6)  Represents  minimum  rental  payments  for  operating  leases.    See  Financial  Note  16,  “Lease  Obligations,”  for  further 

information. 

At March 31, 2010, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, 
was approximately $514 million.  This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that the Company has taken in 
its tax returns which may ultimately not be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Since the ultimate 
amount  and  timing  of  any  future  cash  settlements  cannot  be  predicted  with  reasonable  certainty,  the  estimated 
liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. 

In addition, at March 31, 2010, our banks and insurance companies have issued $111 million of standby letters 
of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to 
meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ 
compensation and automotive liability programs.    

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Credit Resources: 

We  fund  our working  capital  requirements  primarily  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  our  accounts  receivable 

sales facility, short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial paper.   

Long-Term Debt 

In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior notes, which had matured. 

On  February  12,  2009,  we  issued  6.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2014,  (the  “2014  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  $350 million  and  7.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2019,  (the  “2019  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  $350 million.    Interest  is  payable  on  February  15  and  August  15  of  each  year  beginning  on 
August 15, 2009.  The 2014 Notes will mature on February 15, 2014 and the 2019 Notes will mature on February 
15, 2019.  We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $693 million from the issuance of the 
2014 Notes and 2019 Notes for general corporate purposes.  

Our  senior  debt  credit  ratings  from  S&P,  Fitch,  and  Moody’s  are  currently  A-,  BBB+  and  Baa3,  and  our 
commercial  paper  ratings  are  currently  A-2,  F-2  and  P-3.    Our  ratings  outlook  is  stable  with  S&P,  Fitch,  and 
Moody’s.   

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In May 2009, we renewed our accounts receivable sales facility for an additional one-year period under terms 
similar  to  those  previously  in  place.    The  renewed  facility  will  expire  in  mid-May  2010.    Based  on  our  existing 
accounts  receivable  sales  facility  agreement,  we  anticipate  that  activity  under  this  facility  may,  for  U.S.  GAAP 
purposes,  be  considered  as  a  secured  borrowing  rather  than  a  sale  under  accounting  standards  that  will  become 
effective  for  us  on  April  1,  2010.    We  anticipate  renewing  this  facility  before  its  expiration.    The  aggregate 
commitment of the purchasers under this facility is $1.1 billion, although from time-to-time, the available amount 
may be less than that amount based on concentration limits and receivable eligibility requirements.   

Through  this  facility,  McKesson  Corporation,  the  parent  company,  sells  certain  U.S.  pharmaceutical  trade 
accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, which then sells these 
receivables  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of 
McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements.  This SPE then sells undivided interests in 
the  receivables  to  third-party  purchaser  groups,  each  of  which  includes  commercial  paper  conduits,  which  are 
special purpose legal entities administered by financial institutions.   

Additional information regarding our accounts receivable sales facility is included in Financial Notes 1 and 12, 
“Significant  Accounting  Policies”  and  “Long-Term  Debt  and  Other  Financing,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  syndicated  $1.3 billion  five-year  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  expires  in  June 
2012.    Borrowings  under  this  credit  facility  bear  interest  based  upon  either  a  Prime  rate  or  the  London  Interbank 
Offering  Rate.    There  were  no  borrowings  under  this  facility  in  2010  and  $279 million  for  2009.    As  of 
March 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility.   

47 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Commercial Paper 

We issued and repaid commercial paper of nil and approximately $3.3 billion and $260 million in 2010, 2009 

and 2008.  There were no commercial paper issuances outstanding at March 31, 2010 and 2009.   

Debt Covenant 

Our  various  borrowing  facilities  and  long-term  debt  are  subject  to  certain  covenants.    Our  principal  debt 
covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we 
exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  could  be  accelerated.    As  of 
March 31, 2010, this ratio was 23.4% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants.  A reduction in 
our  credit  ratings,  or  the  lack  of  compliance  with  our  covenants,  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  finance 
operations or issue additional debt at acceptable interest rates.   

Funds necessary for future debt maturities and our other cash requirements are expected to be met by existing 

cash balances, cash flow from operations, existing credit sources and other capital market transactions.  

RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  

Information  regarding  our  related  party  balances  and  transactions  is  included  in  Financial  Note  20,  “Related 
Party Balances and Transactions,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.   

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

New accounting pronouncements that we have recently adopted, as well as those that have been recently issued 

but not yet adopted by us, are included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated 
financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

48 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded) 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Interest  rate  risk:    Our  long-term  debt  bears  interest  predominately  at  fixed  rates,  whereas  our  short-term 
borrowings are at variable interest rates.  If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt 
were  to  have  changed  by  50  bp  in  2010,  interest  expense  would  not  have  been  materially  different  from  that 
reported.   

Our cash and cash equivalents balances earn interest at variable rates.  Should interest rates decline, our interest 
income  may  be  negatively  impacted.    If  the  underlying  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  our  cash  and  cash 
equivalents  balances  changed  by  50  bp  in  2010,  interest  income  would  have  increased  or  decreased  by 
approximately $16 million. 

As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, the net fair value liability of financial instruments with exposure to interest rate 
risk was approximately $2,548 million and $2,545 million.  The estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other 
financing  was  determined  using  quoted  market  prices  and  other  inputs  that  were  derived  from  available  market 
information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in 
the future.  Fair value is subject to fluctuations based on our performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of 
our stock and changes in interest rates for debt securities with similar terms.   

Foreign  exchange  risk:    We  derive  revenues  and  earnings  from  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European countries, Israel, Asia Pacific and Mexico, which exposes us to changes in foreign exchange rates.  We 
seek  to  manage  our  foreign  exchange  risk  in  part  through  operational  means,  including  managing  same  currency 
revenues  in  relation  to  same  currency  costs,  and  same  currency  assets  in  relation  to  same  currency  liabilities.  
Foreign  exchange  risk  is  also  managed  through  the  use  of  foreign  currency  forward-exchange  contracts.    These 
contracts  are  used  to  offset  the  potential  earnings  effects from  mostly  intercompany  foreign  currency  investments 
and loans.  As of March 31, 2010, an adverse 10% change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would not have 
had a material impact on our net fair value of financial instruments that have exposure to foreign currency risk.   

49 

 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
Financial Notes 

Page
51 
52 

53 
54 
55 
56 
57 

50 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The management of McKesson Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system 
of internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).  
With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an 
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria 
established  in Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of 
the Treadway Commission.  Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2010.  

Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  audited  the  financial  statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  has  also  audited  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010.  This audit report appears on page 52 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

May 4, 2010 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

51 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of McKesson Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  McKesson  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash 
flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2010.  Our audit also included the  consolidated financial 
statement  schedule  (“financial  statement  schedule”)  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a).    We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2010,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management 
is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the 
accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits 
also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.    We  believe  that  our  audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board 
of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    A 
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.  

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely  basis.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2010,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in 
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information 
set forth therein.  Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  March  31,  2010,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Francisco, California
May 4, 2010  

52 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Revenues 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 

Operating Expenses 

Selling 
Distribution 
Research and development 
Administrative 
Litigation charge (credit), net 

Total Operating Expenses 

Operating Income 
Other Income, Net 
Interest Expense  

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations 

Discontinued operations, net 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 

Total 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 

Total 

Weighted Average Common Shares 

Diluted 
Basic 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

$ 

108,702 
103,026 
5,676 

  $ 

106,632 
101,254 
5,378 

  $ 

2008 

101,703 
96,694 
5,009 

746 
882 
376 
1,684 
(20) 
3,668 

2,008 
43 
(187) 

1,864 
(601) 

1,263 
— 
1,263 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

4.70 
— 
4.70 

273 
269 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

743 
943 
364 
1,639 
493 
4,182 

1,196 
12 
(144) 

1,064 
(241) 

823 
— 
823 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

2.99 
— 
2.99 

279 
275 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

744 
886 
347 
1,559 
(5) 
3,531 

1,478 
121 
(142) 

1,457 
(468) 

989 
1 
990 

3.32 
— 
3.32 

3.40 
— 
3.40 

298 
291 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See Financial Notes 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

Total 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 
Capitalized Software Held for Sale, Net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets, Net 
Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 

Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total 

Long-Term Debt 
Other Noncurrent Liabilities 

Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 18) 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares 

authorized, no shares issued or outstanding 

Common stock, $0.01 par value  

Shares authorized: 2010 and 2009 – 800 
Shares issued: 2010 – 359, 2009 – 351 

Additional Paid-in Capital 
Retained Earnings 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Other 
Treasury Shares, at Cost, 2010 – 88 and 2009 – 80 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

March 31, 

2010 

2009 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3,731 
8,075 
9,441 
257 
21,504 

851 
234 
3,568 
551 
1,481 
28,189 

13,255 
1,218 
3 
2,536 
17,012 

2,293 
1,352 

2,109 
7,774 
8,527 
261 
18,671 

796 
221 
3,528 
661 
1,390 
25,267 

11,739 
1,145 
219 
2,503 
15,606 

2,290 
1,178 

— 

— 

4 
4,756 
7,236 
6 
(12) 
(4,458) 
7,532 
28,189 

  $ 

4 
4,417 
6,103 
(179) 
(8) 
(4,144) 
6,193 
25,267 

  $ 

See Financial Notes 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Common 
Stock 

Additional
Paid-in 
Shares  Amount  Capital 

Other  Retained 
Capital  Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)  Guarantees

ESOP Notes 
and 

Treasury 

Common 
Shares 

Amount 

Stockholders’
Equity 

Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Balances, March 31, 2007 
Issuance of shares under 

341   $ 

3  $ 

3,722  $ 

(19)  $ 

4,712  $ 

31 

$ 

(14)

(46)  $  (2,162)  $ 

6,273

employee plans 

10  

1 

351   $ 

4  $ 

4,252  $ 

9 
(10)  $ 

5,586  $ 

152 

$

(3)

(74)  $  (3,860)  $ 

employee plans 

4  

354 
91 

85 

990 

(70) 
(46) 

11

95 

26 

(12) 

343 
91 

85 
11 
95 

26 
990 

(28) 

(1,686) 

(1,686) 

97 

99 

8 

(19) 
15 

2

(273) 

(57) 

(4)  

(39) 

823 

(165) 

351   $ 

4  $ 

4,417  $ 

3 
(7)  $ 

(134) 
(7) 
6,103  $ 

(1) 
(179) 

(6) 

(280) 

(484) 

$ 

(1)

(80)  $  (4,144)  $ 

(1) 

(24) 

$ 

493

employee plans 

8  

218 
114 

11 

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustments 
Unrealized net gain and 
other components of 
benefit plans, net of tax 
of $(13) 
Net income 
Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.24 per common share 

Adoption of ASC 740-10 
Other 
Balances, March 31, 2008 
Issuance of shares under 

ESOP funding 
Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustments 
Unrealized net loss and 
other components of 
benefit plans, net of tax 
benefit of $33 

Net income 
Repurchase and retirement 

of common stock 
Cash dividends declared, 

$0.48 per common share 

Other 
Balances, March 31, 2009 
Issuance of shares under 

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustments 
Unrealized net loss and 
other components of 
benefit plans, net of tax 
benefit of $32 

Net income 
Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.48 per common share 

Other 
Balances, March 31, 2010 

95

26
990

1,111

(273)

(57)
823

238

(53)
1,263

1,448

(70) 
(46) 
9 
6,121  $ 

78 
15 
99 

8 
2 
(273) 

(57) 
823 

(134) 
(5) 
6,193 

194 
114 

11 
1 
238 

(53) 
1,263 

(299) 

(131) 
1 
7,532  $ 

1

238 

(53) 

359   $ 

4 

$ 

(4) 
4,756  $ 

(5) 

(12)  $ 

1,263 

(131) 
1 
7,236  $ 

(7) 

(299) 

9 

6 

$ 

—

(88)  $  (4,458)  $ 

See Financial Notes 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Operating Activities 
Net income 
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by (used in) 

$ 

operating activities: 
Depreciation 
Amortization 
Provision for bad debts 
Impairment of investments 
Other deferred taxes 
Share-based compensation expense 
Other non-cash items 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business 

acquisitions: 
Receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Taxes 

Litigation charge (credit), net 
Litigation settlement payments 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense on litigation 
Other 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing Activities 
Property acquisitions 
Capitalized software expenditures 
Acquisitions of businesses, less cash and cash equivalents 

acquired 

Proceeds from sale of businesses 
Restricted cash for litigation charge, net 
Other 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing Activities 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
Repayments of short-term borrowings 
Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt, net 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Common stock transactions: 

Issuances 
Share repurchases, including shares surrendered for tax 

withholding 

Share repurchases, retirements 
Dividends paid 

Other 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information 
Cash paid for: 
Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

$ 

$ 

2010 

1,263 
— 

148 
326 
17 
— 
161 
114 
(20) 

(133) 
(782) 
1,340 
27 
88 
(20) 
(350) 
116 
21 
2,316 

(199) 
(179) 

(18) 
1 
55 
31 
(309) 

5 
(6) 
— 
(218) 

212 

(323) 
— 
(131) 
40 
(421) 
36 
1,622 
2,109 
3,731 

188 
234 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

823 
— 

133 
308 
29 
63 
320 
99 
(99) 

(708) 
370 
(189) 
(55) 
(47) 
493 
— 
(172) 
(17) 
1,351 

(195) 
(197) 

(358) 
63 
(55) 
15 
(727) 

3,630 
(3,630) 
699 
(4) 

97 

(298) 
(204) 
(116) 
4 
178 
(55) 
747 
1,362 
2,109 

139 
235 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

990 
(1) 

124 
247 
41 
— 
196 
91 
(107) 

(288) 
(676) 
762 
98 
336 
(5) 
(962) 
2 
21 
869 

(195) 
(161) 

(610) 
— 
962 
(1) 
(5) 

260 
(260) 
— 
(162) 

354 

(1,698) 
— 
(70) 
106 
(1,470) 
14 
(592) 
1,954 
1,362 

146 
(66) 

See Financial Notes 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES 

1.  Significant Accounting Policies 

Nature  of  Operations:  McKesson  Corporation  (“McKesson,”  the  “Company,”  or  “we”  and  other  similar 
pronouns)  is  a  corporation  that  delivers  medicines,  pharmaceutical  supplies,  information  and  care  management 
products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  two  operating  segments,  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  and  McKesson 

Technology Solutions, as further described in Financial Note 21, “Segments of Business.”   

Basis  of  Presentation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  are  prepared  in 
accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  The consolidated financial statements of 
McKesson  include  the  financial  statements  of  all  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  majority-owned  or  controlled 
companies  and  certain  immaterial  variable  interest  entities  (“VIEs”)  of  which  the  Company  is  the  primary 
beneficiary.  We evaluate our ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if they are VIEs, if 
we have a variable interest in those entities and the nature and extent of those interests.  These evaluations are highly 
complex and involve judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions based on available historical information 
and management’s judgment, among other factors.  Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.   

Fiscal Period:  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, 

all references to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Reclassifications:    Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year 

presentation.   

Use  of  Estimates:    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  that  we 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
accompanying notes.  Actual amounts could differ from those estimated amounts. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:    All  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  purchased  with  original  maturity  of  three 

months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents.   

We  maintain  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  several  financial  institutions.    Bank  deposits  may  exceed  the 
amount of federal deposit insurance.  Cash equivalents may be invested in money market funds.  We mitigate the 
risk  of  our  short-term  investment  portfolio  by  investing  the  majority  of  funds  in  U.S.  government  securities, 
depositing  funds  with  reputable  financial  institutions  and  monitoring  risk  profiles  and  investment  strategies  of 
money market funds.   

Restricted  Cash:    Cash  that  is  subject  to  legal  restrictions  or  is  unavailable  for  general  operating  purposes  is 
classified as restricted cash and included within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.  At 
March 31, 2010 and 2009, restricted cash was not material. 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale:  We carry our marketable securities, which are available for sale, at 
fair value and they are included in prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.  The net unrealized 
gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, computed in marking these securities to  market have been reported 
within stockholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2010 and 2009, marketable securities were not material.   

57 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Receivables:  Our trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit 
risk  with  customers  primarily  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.    At  March  31,  2010,  revenues  and  accounts 
receivable from our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 53% of consolidated revenues and 45% of 
accounts receivable.  At March 31, 2010, revenues and accounts receivable from our two largest customers, CVS 
Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), represented approximately 15% and 12% of 
total consolidated revenues and 14% and 10% of accounts receivable.  As a result, our sales and credit concentration 
is significant.  A default in payment, a material reduction in purchases from these, or any other large customers or 
the loss of a large customer could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations 
and  liquidity.    In  addition,  trade  receivables  are  subject  to  a  concentration  of  credit  risk  with  customers  in  the 
institutional,  retail  and  healthcare  provider  sectors,  which  can  be  affected  by  a  downturn  in  the  economy  and 
changes in reimbursement policies.  This credit risk is mitigated by the size and diversity of the customer base as 
well as its geographic dispersion.  We estimate the receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on 
historical  collection  rates  and  ongoing  evaluations  of  the  creditworthiness  of  our  customers.    An  allowance  is 
recorded in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts.   

Inventories:  We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”).  Inventories for our Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the cost of domestic inventories is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and the cost of Canadian 
inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  Technology Solutions segment inventories 
consist  of  computer  hardware  with  cost  determined  by  the  standard  cost  method.    Rebates,  fees,  cash  discounts, 
allowances, chargebacks and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in 
the  cost  of  inventory  and  are  recognized  when  the  inventory  is  sold.    Total  inventories  were  $9.4 billion  and 
$8.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and 2009.   

The  LIFO  method was used to  value  approximately  87%  and  88% of our  inventories at  March  31, 2010  and 
2009.  At March 31, 2010 and 2009, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $93 million and $85 million.  
LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2010 and 2009, we recognized net 
LIFO  expense  of  $8 million  and  in  2008,  net  LIFO  credits  of  $14 million  within  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  In 2010, our $8 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products.  A LIFO expense 
is recognized when the net effect of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products 
held  in  inventory  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the 
effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity.  A LIFO credit is recognized when the 
impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on 
branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory.   

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as 
valued  under  FIFO.    Primarily  due  to  continued  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceutical  inventories,  pharmaceutical 
inventories at LIFO were $112 million and $107 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2010 and 2009.  As a 
result,  in  2010  and  2009,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $5 million  and  $64 million  in  cost  of  sales  within  our 
consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market.   

Property, Plant and Equipment:  We state our property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciate them under 
the  straight-line  method  at  rates  designed  to  distribute  the  cost  of  properties  over  estimated  service  lives  ranging 
from one to 30 years. 

58 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Capitalized Software Held for Sale:  Development costs for software held for sale, which primarily pertain to 
our Technology Solutions segment, are capitalized once a project has reached the point of technological feasibility.  
Completed  projects  are  amortized  after  reaching  the  point  of  general  availability  using  the  straight-line  method 
based on an estimated useful life of approximately three years.  We monitor the net realizable value of capitalized 
software held for sale to ensure that the investment will be recovered through future sales.   

Additional information regarding our capitalized software expenditures is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Amounts capitalized 
Amortization expense 
Third-party royalty fees paid 

$ 

2010 

75 
67 
63 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

  $ 

  $ 

74 
50 
50 

2008 

73 
44 
52 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators for potential 
impairment  exist.    Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  generally  defined  as  a 
component - one level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which 
discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that 
unit.    Components  that  have  essentially  similar  operations,  products,  services  and  customers  are  aggregated  as  a 
single reporting unit. 

Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net 
assets for the reporting units.  If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step is performed to calculate the 
amount of impairment, which would be recorded as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations.  The fair 
value of a reporting unit is based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and 
discounted  cash  flows  and determination  of  market  value  multiples  for similar  businesses  or guideline  companies 
whose securities are actively traded in public markets.  The discount rate used for cash flows reflects capital market 
conditions  and  the  specific  risks  associated  with  the  business.    In  addition,  we  compare  the  aggregate  of  the 
reporting units’ fair value to the Company’s market capitalization as a further corroboration of the fair value.  The 
testing requires a complex series of assumptions and judgment by management in projecting future operating results, 
selecting  guideline  companies  for  comparisons  and  assessing  risks.    The  use  of  alternative  assumptions  and 
estimates  could  affect  the  fair  values  and  change  the  impairment  determinations.    There  were  no  goodwill 
impairments during 2010, 2009, or 2008.   

Intangible assets:  Currently all of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are amortized over their 
estimated period of benefit, ranging from one to fifteen years.  We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets 
periodically  and  take  into  account  events  or  circumstances  that  warrant  revised  estimates  of  useful  lives  or  that 
indicate that impairment exists.  No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of the 
years presented.   

Capitalized  Software  Held  for  Internal  Use:   We  capitalize  costs of  software held for  internal use during  the 
application development stage of a project and amortize those costs over the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging 
from one to ten years.  As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, capitalized software held for internal use was $483 million 
and  $475 million,  net  of  accumulated  amortization  of  $665 million  and  $567 million,  and  was  included  in  other 
assets in the consolidated balance sheets.   

Insurance Programs:  Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as 
well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.  It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain 
losses  primarily  related  to  workers’  compensation  and  comprehensive  general,  product  and  vehicle  liability.  
Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability 
for  claims  incurred  as  well  as  for  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported.    Such  estimates  utilize  certain  actuarial 
assumptions followed in the insurance industry. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revenue  Recognition:    Revenues  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  are  recognized  when  product  is 
delivered and title passes to the customer or when services have been rendered and there are no further obligations to 
customers.   

Revenues  are recorded net  of  sales  returns,  allowances, rebates  and other  incentives.   Our  sales return policy 
generally allows customers to return products only if they can be resold for value or returned to suppliers for full 
credit.    Sales  returns  are  accrued  based  on  estimates  at  the  time  of  sale  to  the  customer.    Sales  returns  from 
customers were approximately $1,233 million, $1,216 million and $1,093 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Taxes 
collected  from  customers  and  remitted  to  governmental  authorities  are  presented  on  a  net  basis;  that  is,  they  are 
excluded from revenues.   

The revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment include large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to a limited 
number  of  large  customers  who  warehouse  their  own  product.    We  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and deliver the bulk product (generally in the 
same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    Sales  to  customers’ 
warehouses  amounted  to  $21.4 billion  in  2010,  $25.8 billion  in  2009  and  $27.7 billion  in  2008.    We  also  record 
revenues for direct store deliveries from most of these same customers.  Direct store deliveries are shipments from 
the manufacturer to our customers of a limited category of products that require special handling.  We assume the 
primary liability to the manufacturer for these products.   

Revenues  are  recorded  gross  when  we  are  the  primary  party  obligated  in  the  transaction,  take  title  to  and 
possession of the inventory, are subject to inventory risk, have latitude in establishing prices, assume the risk of loss 
for collection from customers as well as delivery or return of the product, are responsible for fulfillment and other 
customer service requirements, or the transactions have several but not all of these indicators.  

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  also  engages  in  multiple-element  arrangements,  which  may  contain  a 
combination  of  various  products  and  services.    Revenue  from  a  multiple  element  arrangement  is  allocated  to  the 
separate  elements  based  on  estimates  of  fair  value  and  recognized  in  accordance  with  the  revenue  recognition 
criteria  applicable  to  each  element.    If  fair  value  cannot  be  established  for  any  undelivered  element,  all  of  the 
arrangement’s revenue is deferred until delivery of the last element has occurred and services have been performed 
or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. 

Revenues  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  are  generated  primarily  by  licensing  software  and  software 
systems  (consisting  of  software,  hardware  and  maintenance  support),  and  providing  outsourcing  and  professional 
services.  Revenue for this segment is recognized as follows: 

Software systems are marketed under information systems agreements as well as service agreements.  Perpetual 
software arrangements are recognized at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion method based 
on the terms and conditions in the contract.  Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are 
generally measured based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total estimated labor costs to be incurred.  
Changes in estimates to complete and revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings 
in the period in which they are determined.  We accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total 
contract costs exceeds total contract revenue.   

Hardware  revenues  are  generally  recognized  upon  delivery.    Revenue  from  multi-year  software  license 
agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  Software implementation fees are recognized as 
the  work  is  performed  or  under  the  percentage-of-completion  method.    Maintenance  and  support  agreements  are 
marketed  under  annual  or  multi-year  agreements  and  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  period  covered  by  the 
agreements.  Subscription, content and transaction processing fees are generally marketed under annual and multi-
year agreements and are recognized ratably over the contracted terms beginning on the service start date for fixed 
fee arrangements and recognized as transactions are performed beginning on the service start date for per-transaction 
fee arrangements.  Remote processing service fees are recognized monthly as the service is performed.  Outsourcing 
service revenues are recognized as the service is performed.   

60 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We  also  offer  certain  products  on  an  application  service  provider  basis,  making  our  software  functionality 
available  on  a  remote  hosting  basis  from  our  data  centers.    The  data  centers  provide  system  and  administrative 
support,  as  well  as  hosting  services.    Revenue  on  products  sold  on  an  application  service  provider  basis  is 
recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the contract beginning on the service start date of products hosted. 

This segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain any combination of software, 
hardware, implementation or consulting services, or maintenance services.  When some elements are delivered prior 
to others in an arrangement and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) exists for the undelivered 
elements, revenue for the delivered elements is recognized upon delivery of such items.  The segment establishes 
VSOE for hardware and implementation and consulting services based on the price charged when sold separately, 
and  for  maintenance  services,  based  on  renewal  rates  offered  to  customers.    Revenue  for  the  software  element  is 
recognized under the residual method only when fair value has been established for all of the undelivered elements 
in an arrangement.  If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement’s revenue 
is deferred until the delivery of the last element or until the fair value of the undelivered element is determinable. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  also  includes  revenues  from  disease  management  programs  provided  to 
various  states’  Medicaid  programs.    These  service  contracts  include  provisions  for  achieving  certain  cost-savings 
and clinical targets.  If the targets are not met for certain of these contracts, a portion, or all, of the revenue must be 
refunded to the customer.  We recognize revenue during the term of the contract by assessing actual performance 
against contractual targets and then determining the amount the customer would be legally obligated to pay if the 
contract terminated as of the measurement date.  These assessments include estimates of medical claims and other 
data in accordance with the contract methodology.  Because complete data is unavailable until six to nine months 
after the measurement period, there is generally a significant time delay between recording the accrual and the final 
settlement  of  the  contract.    If  data  is  insufficient  to  assess  performance  or  we  have  not  met  the  targets,  we  defer 
recognition of the revenue.  As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, we had deferred $26 million and $25 million related to 
these types of contracts, which was included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.  We generally 
have been successful in achieving performance targets under these agreements.   

Supplier Incentives:  Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or 
distribution  of  inventory,  are  generally  reported  as  a  reduction  to  cost  of  goods  sold.    We  consider  these  fees  to 
represent  product  discounts  and  as  a  result,  the  fees  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  product  cost  and  recognized 
through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.   

Supplier  Reserves:    We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.    These  reserve 
estimates  are  established  based  on  judgment  after  carefully  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims, 
historical  experience  with  the  suppliers,  the  specific  incentive  programs  and  any  other  pertinent  information 
available.  We evaluate the amounts due from suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when 
appropriate  based  on  changes  in  factual  circumstances.    The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  outstanding  claim  may  be 
different than our estimate.  As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, supplier reserves were $89 million and $113 million.  

Income  Taxes:    We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  the 
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been 
included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on 
the difference between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in 
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are 
recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including 
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.  The amount recognized is 
measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon effective 
settlements.  Deferred taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of our foreign operations that are considered 
to be permanently reinvested. 

61 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Foreign Currency Translation:  Our international subsidiaries generally consider their local currency to be their 
functional currency.  Assets and liabilities of these international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at year-
end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Cumulative 
currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  in  the 
stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheets.  Realized gains and losses from currency exchange 
transactions are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to 
our consolidated results of operations in 2010, 2009 or 2008. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of 
foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.  If a 
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item 
attributable to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings.  If the derivative is designated as a 
cash flow hedge,  the  effective portions of changes  in  the  fair value of  the derivative  are  recorded  in accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  and  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  when  the 
hedged item affects earnings.  We periodically evaluate hedge effectiveness and ineffective portions of changes in 
the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedges  are  recognized  as  a  charge  or  credit  to  earnings.    Derivative  instruments  not 
designated  as  hedges  are  marked-to-market  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period  with  the  change  included  in 
earnings. 

Accounts  Receivable  Sales:    At  March  31,  2010,  we  had  a  $1.1 billion  revolving  receivables  sales  facility.  
Through this facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, sells certain U.S. pharmaceutical trade accounts 
receivable  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  a  wholly-owned  and  consolidated  subsidiary,  which  then  sells  these 
receivables  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of 
McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements.  This SPE then sells undivided interests in 
the  receivables  to  third-party  purchaser  groups,  each  of  which  includes  commercial  paper  conduits  (“Conduits”), 
which  are  special  purpose  legal  entities  administered  by  financial  institutions.    Sales  of  undivided  interests  in  the 
receivables  by  the  SPE  to  the  Conduits  are  accounted  for  as  a  sale  because  we  have  relinquished  control  of  the 
receivables.  Accordingly, accounts receivable sold under these transactions are excluded from receivables, net in 
the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Receivables  sold  and  receivables  retained  by  the  Company  are 
carried  at  face  value,  which  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  terms  of  the  facility, 
approximates fair value.  McKesson receives cash in the amount of the face value for the undivided interests in the 
receivables sold.  No gain or loss is recorded upon sale as fee charges from the Conduits are based upon a floating 
yield rate and the period the undivided interests remain outstanding.  Fee charges from the Conduits are accrued at 
the end of each month and are recorded within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.  
Should we default under the accounts receivable sales facility, the Conduits are entitled to receive only collections 
on receivables owned by the SPE.   

We continue servicing the receivables sold.  No servicing asset is recorded at the time of sale because we do not 
receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the receivables.  We do not record 
any  servicing  liability  at  the  time  of  sale  as  the  receivables  collection  period  is  relatively  short  and  the  costs  of 
servicing the receivables sold over the servicing period are insignificant.  Servicing costs are recognized as incurred 
over  the  servicing  period.    See  Financial  Note  12,  “Long-Term  Debt  and  Other  Financing,”  for  additional 
information.   

Share-Based Compensation:  We account for all share-based compensation transactions using a fair-value based 
measurement method.  The share-based compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is 
ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded 
vesting and service conditions.  For awards with performance conditions and multiple vest dates, we recognize the 
expense on a graded vesting basis.  For awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the 
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis.    The  compensation  expense  recognized  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation 
paid to our employees.   

62 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Loss Contingencies:  We are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, 
investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of 
our business.  We record a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability 
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management reviews these provisions at 
least  quarterly  and  adjusts  them  to  reflect  the  impact  of  negotiations,  settlements,  rulings,  advice of  legal  counsel 
and  other  information  and  events  pertaining  to  a  particular  case.    Because  litigation  outcomes  are  inherently 
unpredictable,  these  decisions  often  involve  a  series  of  complex  assessments  by  management  about  future  events 
that  can  rely  heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  and  it  is  possible  that  the  actual  cost  of  these  matters  could 
impact our earnings, either negatively or positively, in the period of their resolution.   

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements   

Accounting Standards CodificationTM:  Effective July 1, 2009, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards 
Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  CodificationTM  (“ASC”  or  “Codification”)  as  the  source  of  authoritative 
U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities.  Rules and interpretive releases of 
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of 
authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants.  The Codification superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting 
and  reporting  standards.    The  adoption  of  the  Codification  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.   

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:  In September 2006, the FASB issued new standards that provide a 
consistent definition of fair value that focuses on exit price, prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-
specific  inputs  for  measuring  fair  value  and  establishes  a  three-level  hierarchy  for  fair  value  measurements.    In 
February  2008,  the  FASB  permitted  companies  to  defer  the  effective  date  of  these  standards  for  one  year  for 
nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  that  are  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  on  a  nonrecurring  basis.    On  April  1,  2008,  we  adopted  the  fair  value  measurements  and 
disclosures for financial assets and financial liabilities and for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are 
remeasured at least annually.  At that time, we elected to defer adoption of the standards for one year, to April 1, 
2009, for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial 
statements  on  a  nonrecurring  basis.    The  standards  were  applied  prospectively  and  their  adoption  did  not  have  a 
material  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.    In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  standards  for 
estimating fair value when an asset or liability experiences a significant decrease in volume and activity relative to 
its  normal  market  activity.    In  addition,  these  standards  identify  circumstances  that  may  indicate  whether  a 
transaction is not orderly.  Retrospective application to a prior interim or annual reporting period was not permitted.  
On  April  1,  2009,  we  adopted  this  standard,  which  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements.   

Effective  October  1,  2009,  we  adopted  amended  standards  on  two  issues:  1)  determining  the  fair  value  of  a 
liability  when  a  quoted  price  in  an  active  market  for  an  identical  liability  is  not  available  and  2)  measuring  and 
disclosing  the  fair  value  of  certain  investments  on  the  basis  of  the  investments’  net  asset  value  per  share  or  its 
equivalent.  This adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. However, these 
amended standards may affect the valuation of future investments.   

In  January  2010,  the  FASB  issued  amended  standards  that  clarify  and  provide  additional  disclosure 
requirements  related  to  recurring  and  non-recurring  fair  value  measurements.    These  standards  also  amend 
requirements  for  employers’  disclosures  about  postretirement  benefit  plan  assets  to  conform  to  the  fair  value 
disclosure requirement.  On January 1, 2010, we adopted these amended standards, except for the disclosures about 
the  roll  forward  of  activity  in  level  3  fair  value  measurements,  which  are  effective  for us  on  April  1,  2011.    The 
adoption  of  these  standards  on  January  1,  2010  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

63 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Business Combinations:  On April 1, 2009, we adopted two sets of standards affecting business combinations. 
One  set  of  standards  amends  the  recognition  and  measurement  of  identifiable  assets  and  goodwill  acquired, 
liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree in a business combination.  These standards also 
provide  disclosure  requirements  to  enable  users  of  the  financial  statements  to  evaluate  the  nature  and  financial 
effects of the business combination.  In addition, adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and 
acquired  tax  contingencies  related  to  acquisitions  made  prior  to  April  1,  2009  fall  within  the  scope  of  these 
standards.   

The  second  set  of  standards  addresses  accounting  for  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  that  arise  from 
contingencies in a business combination.  These standards address application issues raised on the initial recognition 
and  measurement,  subsequent  measurement  and  accounting  for  and  disclosure of  these assets  and  liabilities.    The 
adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements; however, it may 
have an effect on the accounting for any future acquisitions or divestitures.   

Consolidation:    On  April  1,  2009,  we  adopted  new  standards  on  noncontrolling  interests  in  consolidated 
financial  statements.    These  standards  require  reporting  entities  to  present  noncontrolling  interests  in  any  of  their 
consolidated  entities  as  equity  (as  opposed  to  a  liability  or  mezzanine  equity)  and  provide  guidance  on  the 
accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests.  This adoption did not have a material 
effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements;  however,  these  standards  may  have  an  effect  on  any  future 
investments or divestitures of our investments.   

On January 1, 2010, we adopted amended standards that clarify the accounting and disclosure for a decrease in 
ownership in a subsidiary or an exchange of a group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity.  This adoption 
did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements; however, these standards may affect future 
divestitures of subsidiaries or groups of assets within its scope.   

Intangibles – Goodwill and Other:  On April 1, 2009, we adopted two new standards affecting intangible assets.  
One of the standards addressed factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions 
used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset.   

The second standard affected accounting for defensive intangible assets, which are acquired assets that an entity 
does  not  intend  to  actively  use,  but  will  hold  (lock  up)  to  prevent  others  from  obtaining  access  to  them.    These 
standards  do  not  address  intangible  assets  that  are  used  in  research  and  development  activities.    Neither  of  these 
standards had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.   

Earnings Per Share:  On April 1, 2009, we adopted new standards that address whether instruments granted in 
share-based compensation transactions are participating securities.  The new standards conclude that unvested share-
based  awards  that  contain  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents  (whether  paid  or  unpaid)  are 
participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share pursuant to the two-class 
method.  This adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.   

Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures:  On April 1, 2009, we adopted new standards on the initial 
measurement  of  an  equity  method  investment,  testing  of  the  investment  for  other-than-temporary  impairment  and 
accounting for any subsequent equity activities by the investee.  This adoption did not have a material effect on our 
consolidated financial statements.   

Investments – Debt and Equity Securities:  On April 1, 2009, we adopted new standards that revise the criteria 
for recognizing other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities for which changes in fair value are not regularly 
recognized in earnings and the financial statement presentation of such impairments.  The standards also expand and 
increase the frequency of disclosures related to other-than-temporary impairments of both debt and equity securities.  
This adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.   

64 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial  Instruments:    On  June  30,  2009,  we  adopted  new  standards  that  require  disclosures  about  the  fair 
value  of  financial  instruments  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods.    These  new  standards  do  not  require 
disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption.  This adoption did not have a 
material  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  but  did  expand  the  disclosures  presented.    Refer  to 
Financial Note 15, “Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for further discussion.   

Subsequent Events:  On June 30, 2009, we adopted new standards that establish general guidance for accounting 
and  disclosures  of  events  that  occur  after  the  balance  sheet  date  but  before  financial  statements  are  issued  or  are 
available to be issued.  The adoption of these standards require us to evaluate all subsequent events that occur after 
the balance sheet date through the date and time our financial statements are issued.  This adoption did not have a 
material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2010, the FASB amended these standards to remove the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a 
date in both issued and revised financial statements.  The amended standards clarified the definition of “revised” as 
being the result of either correction of an error or retrospective application of GAAP.  We adopted these amended 
standards upon their issuance; they did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.  

Equity:  On January 1, 2010, we adopted amended standards to clarify the treatment of certain distributions to 
shareholders  that  have  both  stock  and  cash  components.    The  stock  portion  of  such  distributions  is  considered  a 
share issuance that is reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock dividend.  This adoption did not 
have  a  material  affect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements;  however,  they  may  affect  any  future  stock 
distributions. 

Compensation:   On March 31, 2010, we adopted new standards on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets 
of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  Refer to Financial Note 13, “Pension Benefits,” for the 
additional disclosure. 

Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements   

Revenue  Recognition:      In  October  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  standards  for  multiple-deliverable  revenue 
arrangements.  These new standards affect the determination of when individual deliverables included in a multiple-
element arrangement may be treated as separate units of accounting.  In addition, these new standards modify the 
manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across separately identified deliverables, eliminate the use 
of the residual value method of allocating arrangement consideration and require expanded disclosure.  These new 
standards will become effective for us for multiple-element arrangements entered into or materially modified on or 
after  April  1,  2011.    Earlier  application  is  permitted  with  required  transition  disclosures  based  on  the  period  of 
adoption.    We  are  currently  evaluating  the  application  date  and  the  effect  of  these  standards  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.   

In  April  2010,  the  FASB  issued  new  standards  for  vendors,  who  apply  the  milestone  method  of  revenue 
recognition to research and development arrangements.  These new standards apply to arrangements with payments 
that are contingent, at inception, upon achieving substantively uncertain future events or circumstances.  These new 
standards  are  effective  on  a  prospective  basis  for  us  for  milestones  achieved  on  or  after  April  1,  2011.    Earlier 
application is permitted.  We are currently evaluating the application date and the effect of these standards on our 
consolidated financial statements.   

Software:      In  October  2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  standards  for  the  accounting  for  certain  revenue 
arrangements that include software elements.  These new standards amend pre-existing software revenue guidance 
by removing from its scope tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function 
together to deliver the product’s functionality.  These amended standards will become effective for us for revenue 
arrangements  entered  into  or  materially  modified  on  or  after  April  1,  2011.    Earlier  application  is  permitted  with 
required transition disclosures based on the period of adoption.  We are currently evaluating the application date and 
the effect of these standards on our consolidated financial statements.  Both the revenue recognition standards for 
multiple-element arrangements and these software standards must be adopted in the same period and must use the 
same transition disclosures.   

65 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Accounting  for  Transfers  of  Financial  Assets:      In  December  2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  standards  on 
accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets,  including  securitization  transactions,  in  which  entities  have  continued 
exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets.  These amendments also expand the disclosure requirements 
for  such  transactions.    These  amended  standards  will  become  effective  for  us  on  April  1,  2010.    Based  on    our 
existing accounts receivable sales facility agreement, we anticipate that accounts receivable transactions from April 
1, 2010, forward may, for U.S. GAAP purposes, be accounted for as secured borrowings rather than asset sales.   

Consolidations:   In December 2009, the FASB issued amended standards for consolidation of VIEs primarily 
related to the determination of the primary beneficiary of the VIE.  These amended standards will become effective 
for us on April 1, 2010.  Based on our existing relationships with VIEs, we do not anticipate that these amended 
standards  will  have  a  material  affect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  upon  adoption.    However,  these 
amended  standards  may  have  an  effect  on  accounting  for  any  changes  to  the  existing  relationships  or  future 
investments.   

2.  Business Combinations and Investments 

In 2009, we made the following acquisition: 

On  May  21,  2008,  we  acquired  McQueary  Brothers  Drug  Company  (“McQueary  Brothers”)  of  Springfield, 
Missouri for approximately $190 million.  McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of pharmaceutical, health and 
beauty products to independent and regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S.  This acquisition expanded 
our existing U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.  Financial 
results  for  McQueary  Brothers  have  been  included  within  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  since  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 

acquisition date: 

(In millions) 
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable and other liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

37 
41 
126 
67 
11 
(60) 
(32) 
190 

During the first quarter of 2010, the acquisition accounting was completed.  Approximately $126 million of the 
purchase price allocation has been assigned to goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits from 
synergies  to  be  realized  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  are  acquired 
identifiable intangibles of $61 million representing a customer relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a trade name 
of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life 
of 4 years.   

In 2008, we made the following acquisition:   

On October 29, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Oncology Therapeutics Network (“OTN”) of 
San Francisco, California for approximately $519 million, including the assumption of debt and net of $31 million 
of cash and cash equivalents acquired from OTN.  During the third quarter of 2009, the acquisition accounting was 
completed.  OTN is a U.S. distributor of specialty pharmaceuticals.  The acquisition of OTN expanded our existing 
specialty pharmaceutical distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.  Financial results for 
OTN have been included within our Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition.   

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 

acquisition date: 

(In millions) 
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable and other liabilities 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

308 
87 
240 
128 
62 
36 
(342) 
519 

Approximately  $240 million  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  has  been  assigned  to  goodwill,  which  primarily 
reflects the expected future benefits from synergies upon integrating the business.  Included in the purchase price 
allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $115 million representing customer relationships with a weighted-
average life of 9 years, developed technology of $3 million with a weighted-average life of 4 years and trademarks 
and trade names of $10 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years.   

During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions and investments within 
both  of  our  operating  segments.    Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our 
consolidated  financial  statements  since  their  respective  acquisition  dates.    Purchase  prices  for  our  business 
acquisitions  have  been  allocated  based  on  estimated  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition  and  for  certain  recent 
acquisitions  may  be  subject  to  change  as  we  continue  to  evaluate  and  implement  various  restructuring  initiatives.  
Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  Pro 
forma  results  of  operations  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  not  been  presented  because  the  effects  were  not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.   

3.  Share-Based Compensation 

We provide share-based compensation for our employees, officers and non-employee directors, including stock 
options, an employee stock purchase plan, restricted stock (“RS”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-
based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) (collectively, “share-based awards.”)  Most of our share-based awards are 
granted in the first quarter of each fiscal year.   

Compensation expense for the share-based awards is recognized for the portion of the awards that is ultimately 
expected to vest.  We develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards, which will ultimately vest primarily 
based  on historical  experience.    The  estimated  forfeiture  rate  established  upon grant  is  re-assessed  throughout  the 
requisite service period.  As required, the forfeiture estimates are adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award 
vests.    The  actual  forfeitures  in  future  reporting  periods  could  be  higher  or  lower  than  current  estimates.    The 
weighted-average forfeiture rate is approximately 7% at March 31, 2010.   

The  compensation  expense  recognized  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  or 
capitalized  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  in  the  same  manner  as  cash  compensation  paid  to  our  employees.  
There was no material share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of an asset in 2010, 2009 
and 2008. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Impact on Net Income 

The components of share-based compensation expense and the related tax benefit are shown in the following 

table:   

(In millions) 
RSUs and RS (1) 
PeRSUs (2) 
Stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 
Share-based compensation expense 
Tax benefit for share-based compensation expense (3) 
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax 

$ 

$ 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

47 
39 
19 
9 
114 
(41) 
73 

  $ 

  $ 

60 
13 
18 
8 
99 
(34) 
65 

  $ 

  $ 

50 
22 
11 
8 
91 
(31) 
60 

(1)  This expense was primarily the result of PeRSUs awarded in prior years, which converted to RSUs due to the attainment of 

goals during the applicable years’ performance period. 

(2)  Represents estimated compensation expense for PeRSUs that are conditional upon attaining performance objectives during 

the current year’s performance period.   

(3)  Income  tax  expense  is  computed  using  the  tax  rates  of  applicable  tax  jurisdictions.    Additionally,  a  portion  of  pre-tax 

compensation expense is not tax-deductible. 

Stock Plans 

The  2005  Stock  Plan  provides  our  employees,  officers  and  non-employee  directors  share-based  long-term 
incentives.  The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million shares in the form of stock options, RS, 
RSUs, PeRSUs and other share-based awards.  As of March 31, 2010, 20 million shares remain available for future 
grant under the 2005 Stock Plan.   

Stock Options 

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 
generally  have  a  contractual  term  of  seven  years  and  follow  a  four-year  vesting  schedule.    Prior  to  2005,  stock 
options typically had a contractual term of ten years and vested over a four-year period.  We expect option grants in 
2010  and  future  years  will  have  the  same  general  contractual  term  and  vesting  schedule  as  those  options  granted 
under the 2005 Stock Plan.   

Compensation expense for stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
and  is  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest.    We 
continue to use the Black-Scholes options-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock options.  Once the 
fair value of an employee stock option is determined, current accounting practices do not permit it to be changed, 
even if the estimates used are different from actual.  The options-pricing model requires the use of various estimates 
and assumptions as follows: 

–  Expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of our common stock and 
implied market volatility.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future 
stock price movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations. 

–  Expected dividend yield is based on historical experience and investors’ current expectations. 

–  The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the constant maturity 

U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant. 

–  Expected  life  of  the  options  is  based  primarily  on  historical  employee  stock  option  exercise  and  other 
behavior data and reflects the impact of changes in contractual life of current option grants compared to our 
historical grants.   

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of employee stock options were as follows: 

Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 

2010 

33% 
0.7% 
2% 
5 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

27% 
0.6% 
3% 
5 

24% 
0.4% 
5% 
5 

The following is a summary of options outstanding at March 31, 2010: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 
$  27.35  -  $  41.02   
$  41.03  -  $  54.70   
$  54.71  -  $  68.37   

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding At 
Year End 
(In millions) 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life
(Years) 
3 
3 
5 
3 

$

Options Exercisable 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
35.68 
45.95 
59.55 
41.26 

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable at 
Year End 
(In millions) 

8 
3 
1 
12 

$ 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price
34.53 
45.87 
60.32 
38.85 

11 
3 
2 
16 

The following table summarizes stock option activity during 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

(In millions, except per share data and 

years) 

Outstanding, March 31, 2007 

Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled and forfeited 
Outstanding, March 31, 2008 

Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled and forfeited 
Outstanding, March 31, 2009 

Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding, March 31, 2010 

Vested and expected to vest (1) 
Exercisable, March 31, 2010 

Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price 

  $ 

46.32 
62.12 
36.43 
69.35 
48.59 
57.81 
33.49 
78.35 
39.28 
40.59 
33.34 
41.26 

40.67 
38.85 

Shares 
36 
1 
(9) 
(2) 
26 
1 
(1) 
(7) 
19 
2 
(5) 
16 

16 
12 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

4 

  $ 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
Value (2) 
601 

3 

3 

3 

3 
2 

298 

33 

394 

393 
325 

(1)  The number of options expected to vest takes into account an estimate of expected forfeitures. 
(2)  The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the period-end market price of the Company’s common 

stock and the option exercise price, times the number of “in-the-money” option shares. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following table provides data related to stock option activity: 

(In millions, except per share data and years) 
Weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option  $ 
$ 
Aggregate intrinsic value on exercise 
$ 
Cash received upon exercise 
$ 
Tax benefits realized related to exercise 
$ 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to unvested stock options not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

$ 

Weighted-average period in years over which stock 

2010 
12.56 
115 
165 
37 
16 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
16.16 
30 
49 
14 
13 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

37 

  $ 

30 

  $ 

option compensation cost is expected to be recognized  

1 

1 

RS, RSUs and PeRSUs 

2008 
17.90 
220 
309 
83 
8 

25 

1 

RS and RSUs, which entitle the holder to receive at the end of a vesting term a specified number of shares of 
the Company’s common stock are accounted for at fair value at the date of grant.  The fair value of RS and RSUs 
under our stock plans is determined by the product of the number of shares that are expected to vest and the grant 
date market price of the Company’s common stock.  The Compensation Committee determines the vesting terms at 
the time of grant.  These awards generally vest in four years.  We recognize expense for RS and RSUs with a single 
vest date on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.  We have elected to expense the grant date fair 
value  of  RS  and  RSUs  with  only  graded  vesting  and  service  conditions  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service period.  RS contains certain restrictions on transferability and may not be transferred until such restrictions 
lapse.   

Non-employee directors receive an annual grant of up to 5,000 RSUs, which vest immediately and are expensed 
upon  grant.    However,  issuance  of  any  underlying  shares  granted  prior  to  the  July  2008  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  is  deferred  until  the  director  is  no  longer  performing  services  for  the  Company.    For  those  RSUs 
granted  subsequent  to  July  2008,  the  director  may  choose to  receive  payment  immediately  or  defer receipt  of  the 
underlying  shares  if  they  meet  director  stock  ownership  guidelines.    At  March  31,  2010,  94,000  RSUs  for  our 
directors are vested, but shares have not been issued. 

PeRSUs are RSUs for which the number of RSUs awarded may be conditional upon the attainment of one or 
more  performance  objectives  over  a  specified  period.    PeRSUs  are  accounted  for  as  variable  awards  until  the 
performance  goals  are  reached  and  the  grant  date  is  established.    The  fair  value  of  PeRSUs  is  determined  by  the 
product of the number of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest, and the market price of the Company’s 
common  stock,  commencing  at  the  inception  of  the  requisite  service  period.    During  the  performance  period,  the 
PeRSUs are re-valued using the market price and the performance modifier at the end of a reporting period.  At the 
end  of  the  performance  period,  if  the  goals  are  attained,  the  awards  are  granted  and  classified  as  RSUs  and 
accounted for on that basis.  For PeRSUs granted prior to 2009 with multiple vest dates, we recognize the fair value 
expense of these awards on a graded vesting basis over the requisite service period of four years.  PeRSUs granted 
during  2009  and  after  and  the  related  RSUs  (when  they  are  granted)  have  a  single  vest  date  and  accordingly,  we 
recognize expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of four years.   

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share

  $ 

45.18 
61.92 
54.13 
57.38 
57.61 
54.70 
40.94 
50.42 
49.21 

2008 

20 

49 

1 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following table summarizes RS and RSU activity during 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Nonvested, March 31, 2007 

Granted 

Nonvested, March 31, 2008 

Granted 
Vested 

Nonvested, March 31, 2009 

Granted 
Vested 

Nonvested, March 31, 2010 

Shares 
2 
1 
3 
1 
(1) 
3 
2 
(1) 
4 

The following table provides data related to RS and RSU activity:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to nonvested RSU awards not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

Weighted-average period in years over which RSU cost 

$ 

$ 

2010 

74 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
101 

  $ 

  $ 

61 

  $ 

52 

  $ 

is expected to be recognized 

2 

1 

In May 2009, the Compensation Committee approved 2 million PeRSU target share units representing the base 
number of awards that could be granted, if goals are attained, and would be granted in the first quarter of 2011 (the 
“2010 PeRSU”).  These target share units are not included in the table above as they have not been granted in the 
form of RSUs.  As of March 31, 2010, the total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested 
2010 PeRSUs not yet recognized was approximately $146 million, pre-tax (based on the period-end market price of 
the Company’s common stock) and the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 
3 years.   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) 

The Company has an ESPP under which 16 million shares have been authorized for issuance.  The ESPP allows 
eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions.  The deductions occur over 
three-month  purchase  periods  and  the  shares  are  then  purchased  at  85%  of  the  market  price  at  the  end  of  each 
purchase period.  Employees are allowed to terminate their participation in the ESPP at any time during the purchase 
period prior to the purchase of the shares.  The 15% discount provided to employees on these shares is included in 
compensation expense.  The shares related to funds outstanding at the end of a quarter are included in the calculation 
of diluted weighted average shares outstanding.  These amounts have not been significant.  In 2010, 2009 and 2008, 
1 million shares were issued under the ESPP and 3 million shares remain available for issuance at March 31, 2010. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

4.  Restructuring Activities and Other Workforce Reduction Charges 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our restructuring liabilities for the last three years: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2007  $ 
Expenses 
Asset impairments 
Total charge 

Liabilities related to 

acquisitions 
Cash payments 
Non-cash items 
Balance, March 31, 2008   
Expenses 
Liabilities related to 

acquisitions 
Cash payments 
Non-cash items 
Balance, March 31, 2009   
Expenses 
Cash payments 
Balance, March 31, 2010  $ 

  Corporate 
Distribution Solutions 
Severance  Exit-Related   Severance  Exit-Related   Severance 

  Technology Solutions 

3 
5 
— 
5 

6 
(7) 
— 
7 
4 

3 
(8) 
— 
6 
1 
(3) 
4 

6 
$ 
  — 
3 
3 

1 
  — 
(3) 
7 
  — 

1 
(5) 
  — 
3 
  — 
  — 
3 
$ 

  $ 

  $ 

16 
1 
— 
1 

11 
(22) 
— 
6 
(1) 

— 
(4) 
— 
1 
1 
(1) 
1 

$ 

$ 

5 
4 
4 
8 

1 
(4) 
(4) 
6 
(1) 

— 
(2) 
(1) 
2 
(1) 
(1) 
— 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
2 
— 
2 

— 
— 
— 
2 
(1) 

— 
— 
— 
1 
1 
(1) 
1 

  $ 

Total 
30 
12 
7 
19 

19 
(33) 
(7) 
28 
1 

4 
(19) 
(1) 
13 
2 
(6) 
9 

  $ 

Our  restructuring  activities  are  primarily  due  to  the  consolidation  of  business  functions  and  facilities  from 

newly acquired businesses.   

Restructuring Activities and Asset Impairment – Expenses 

During 2010 and 2009, there were no material restructuring costs incurred. 

During 2008, we incurred $19 million of restructuring expenses, which primarily consisted of: 

–  $4 million of severance costs associated with the closure of two facilities within our Distribution Solutions 

segment,  

–  $1 million  and  $3 million  of  severance  and  asset  impairments  associated  with  the  integration  of  OTN 

within our Distribution Solutions segment, and  

–  $5 million of severance and exit-related costs and a $4 million asset impairment charge for the write-off of 
capitalized  software  costs  associated  with  the  termination  of  a  software  project  within  our  Technology 
Solutions segment. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Restructuring Activities – Liabilities Related to Business Combinations 

In connection with our OTN acquisition within our Distribution Solutions segment, to date we recorded a total 

of $8 million of employee severance costs and $5 million of facility exit costs.  

As  of  March  31,  2010,  the  majority  of  the  restructuring  accruals  of  $9 million,  which  primarily  consist  of 
employee  severance  costs  and  facility  exit  and  contract  termination  costs,  are  anticipated  to  be  disbursed  through 
2011.    Accrued  restructuring  liabilities  are  included  in  other  accrued  and  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets.   

The  majority  of  past  initiatives  were  completed  during  2010.    Based  on  our  current  existing  initiatives,  we 
expect to complete the majority of these activities by the end of 2011.  Expenses associated with these initiatives are 
not  anticipated  to  be  material.    Approximately  970  employees,  consisting  primarily  of  distribution,  general  and 
administrative  staffs  were  planned  to  be  terminated  as  part  of  our  restructuring  plans  since  2008,  of  which  891 
employees  had  been  terminated  as  of  March  31,  2010.    Restructuring  expenses  are  included  in  cost  of  sales  and 
operating expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.   

Other Workforce Reduction Charges 

In  2010,  2009  and  2008,  we  recorded  $20 million  ($9 million  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  and 
$11 million for our Technology Solutions segment), $32 million ($7 million for our Distribution Solutions segment 
and $25 million for our Technology Solutions segment) and $8 million of net charges (for our Technology Solutions 
segment) associated with various reductions in workforce actions.  Other workforce reduction charges also reflected 
related  facility  exit  costs  of  $4 million  and  $3 million  in  2010  and  2009  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment.  
Although  these  actions  do  not  constitute  a  restructuring  plan,  as  defined  under  U.S.  GAAP,  they  do  represent 
independent actions taken from time-to-time, as appropriate.   

Total restructuring and other workforce reduction charges were recorded within our consolidated statements of 
operations as follows: $5 million, $5 million and $7 million in cost of sales in 2010, 2009 and 2008 and $17 million, 
$28 million and $20 million within operating expenses. 

5.  Other Income, Net 

(In millions) 
Interest income 
Equity in earnings, net 
Gain on sale of investment 
Impairment of investments 
Other, net 
Total 

2010 

16 
6 
17 
— 
4 
43 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
31 
7 
24 
(63) 
13 
12 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

89 
21 
— 
— 
11 
121 

In  October  2009,  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  sold  its  50%  equity  interest  in  McKesson  Logistics 
Solutions L.L.C. (“MLS”), a Canadian logistics company, for a pre-tax gain of $17 million or $14 million after-tax.   

In July 2008, our Distribution Solutions segment sold its 42% equity interest in Verispan L.L.C. (“Verispan”), a 

data analytics company, for a pre-tax gain of $24 million or $14 million after-tax. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values  of  such  investments  may  have  experienced  an  other-than-temporary  decline  in  value.    During  the  fourth 
quarter of 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”) was lower than 
its  carrying  value  and  that  such  impairment  was  other-than-temporary.    Fair  value  was  determined  using  a 
discounted cash flow analysis based on estimated future results and market capitalization rates.  We determined the 
impairment was other-than-temporary based on our assessment of all relevant factors including deterioration in the 
investee’s  financial  condition  and  weak  market  conditions.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of 
$58 million  ($55 million  after-tax)  on  this  investment,  which  is  recorded  within  other  income,  net  in  the 
consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Our  investment  in  Parata  is  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  of 
accounting within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we also recorded a pre-tax impairment of $5 million ($5 million after-tax) on 

another equity-held investment within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

6. 

Income Taxes 

(In millions) 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   
U.S. 
$ 
Foreign 
Total income from continuing operations before income 

2010 

1,340 
524 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

  $ 

623 
441 

  $ 

1,059 
398 

taxes 

$ 

1,864 

  $ 

1,064 

  $ 

1,457 

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following:  

(In millions) 
Current 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total current 

Deferred 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total deferred 
Income tax provision 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

255 
25 
44 
324 

269 
13 
(5) 
277 
601 

  $ 

  $ 

177 
(111) 
35 
101 

69 
62 
9 
140 
241 

  $ 

  $ 

189 
59 
22 
270 

178 
16 
4 
198 
468 

In  2009,  we  recorded  a  total  income  tax  expense  of  $241 million,  which  included  an  income  tax  benefit  of 
$182 million related to the Average Wholesale Price (“AWP”) litigation charge described in more detail in Financial 
Note 18, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities.”  The tax benefit could change in the future depending on 
the resolution of the pending and expected claims.   

In  2009,  current  income  tax  expense  included  $111 million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items  of 
which, $87 million represents a non-cash benefit.  These benefits primarily relate to the recognition of previously 
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest.  The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to 
the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.   

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  2008,  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  began  its  examination  of  our  fiscal  years  2003  through 
2006.    In  2009  and  2010,  we  received  assessments  from  the  Canada  Revenue  Agency  (“CRA”)  for  a  total  of 
$62 million related to transfer pricing for 2003, 2004 and 2005.  We paid the CRA assessments to stop the accrual of 
interest.  We have appealed the assessment for 2003 and have filed a notice of objection for 2004 and 2005.  We 
believe that we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results.  In nearly all jurisdictions, the tax years 
prior  to  2003  are  no  longer  subject  to  examination.    We  believe  that  we  have  made  adequate  provision  for  all 
remaining income tax uncertainties.   

In 2008, the IRS completed an examination of our consolidated income tax returns for 2000 to 2002 resulting in 
a signed Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”), which was subsequently approved by the Joint Committee on Taxation.  
The IRS and the Company agreed to certain adjustments, primarily related to transfer pricing and income tax credits.  
As  a  result  of  the  approved  RAR,  we  recognized  approximately  $25 million  of  net  federal  and  state  income  tax 
benefits in 2008.   

Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated  income  tax  provision.  
Although  our  major  taxing  jurisdictions  are  the  U.S.  and  Canada,  we  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  numerous 
foreign jurisdictions.  Annually, we file a federal consolidated income tax return with the IRS and over 1,200 returns 
with  various  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions.    Our  income  tax  expense,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect 
management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid.   

The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and statutory tax rate is 

as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income tax provision at federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit 
Foreign tax rate differential 
Unrecognized tax benefits and settlements 
Tax credits 
Other, net 

Income tax provision 

$ 

$ 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

652 
25 
(144) 
53 
(8) 
23 
601 

  $ 

  $ 

372 
18 
(120) 
(21) 
(20) 
12 
241 

  $ 

  $ 

510 
43 
(120) 
31 
(16) 
20 
468 

At March 31, 2010, undistributed earnings of our foreign operations totaling $2.3 billion were considered to be 
permanently reinvested.  No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the U.S. 
since  it  is  our  intention  to  utilize  those  earnings  in  the  foreign  operations  as  well  as  to  fund  certain  research  and 
development activities for an indefinite period of time, or to repatriate such earnings when it is tax efficient to do so.  
The  determination  of  the  amount  of  deferred  taxes  on  these  earnings  is  not  practicable  because  the  computation 
would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made.   

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:   

(In millions) 
Assets 
Receivable allowances 
Deferred revenue 
Compensation and benefit related accruals 
AWP litigation accrual 
Loss and credit carryforwards 
Other 
Subtotal 
Less: valuation allowance 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Basis difference for inventory valuation and other assets 
Basis difference for fixed assets and systems development costs 
Intangibles 
Other 
Total liabilities 
Net deferred tax liability 

Current net deferred tax liability 
Long-term net deferred tax asset  
Net deferred tax liability 

March 31, 

2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56 
107 
349 
56 
481 
235 
1,284 
(97) 
1,187 

(1,363) 
(210) 
(209) 
(63) 
(1,845) 
(658) 

(975) 
317 
(658) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

70 
170 
274 
172 
529 
357 
1,572 
(125) 
1,447 

(1,286) 
(207) 
(238) 
(158) 
(1,889) 
(442) 

(695) 
253 
(442) 

We have federal, state and foreign income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $122 million, $2.8 billion and 
$201 million.    The  federal  and  state  net  operating  losses  will  expire  at  various  dates  from  2011  through  2030.  
Substantially all of our foreign net operating losses have indefinite lives.  We believe that it is more likely than not 
that  the  benefit  from  certain  federal,  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  may  not  be  realized.    In 
recognition of this risk, we have provided valuation allowances of $15 million and $45 million on the deferred tax 
assets relating to these state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards.  We also have federal and state capital loss 
carryforwards of $40 million and $36 million.  The federal and state net capital losses will expire at various dates 
from  2012  through  2015.    We  believe  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefit  from  these  capital  loss 
carryforwards  may  not  be  realized.    In  recognition  of  this  risk,  we  have  provided  valuation  allowances  of 
$14 million and $2 million.   

We  also  have  domestic  income  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $222 million  which  are  primarily  alternative 
minimum tax credit carryforwards that have an indefinite life.  However, we believe that it is more likely than not 
that the benefit from certain state tax credits of $2 million may not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, we have 
provided  a  valuation  allowance  of  $2 million.    In  addition,  we  have  Canadian  research  and  development  credit 
carryforwards  of  $14 million.    The  Canadian  research  and  development  credits  will  expire  at  various  dates  from 
2018 to 2030.   

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  our  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  last  three 

years: 

(In millions) 
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period 
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year 
Reductions based on settlements 
Reductions based on the lapse of the applicable statutes of 

limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period 

$

$

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

526 
50 
(12) 
72 
(16) 

(1) 
619 

  $

  $

496 
77 
— 
61 
(41) 

(67) 
526 

  $ 

  $ 

465 
— 
— 
58 
(27) 

— 
496 

Of the total $619 million in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2010, $396 million would reduce income 
tax expense and the effective tax rate if recognized.  During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that 
audit resolutions and the expiration of statutes of limitations could potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits 
by up to $23 million.  However, this amount may change because we continue to have ongoing negotiations with 
various taxing authorities throughout the year.   

We  continue  to  report  interest  and  penalties  on  tax  deficiencies  as  income  tax  expense.    At  March  31,  2010, 
before any tax benefits, our accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $118 million.  We recognized 
an  income  tax  expense  of  $17 million,  before  any  tax  effect,  related  to  interest  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations during 2010.  We have no material amounts accrued for penalties.   

7.  Discontinued Operations 

No charges for discontinued operations were incurred during 2010 and 2009.  In 2008, discontinued operations 

included $1 million from the Company’s Acute Care business, which was sold in 2007. 

8.  Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic  earnings  per  common  share  are  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares outstanding during the reporting period.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed similar 
to basic earnings per common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities 
or other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.   

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  computations  for  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  from  continuing  and  discontinued 

operations are as follows:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Net income 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Options to purchase common stock 
Restricted stock 

Diluted 

Earnings per common share: (1) 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 

Total 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 

Total 

2010 
1,263 
— 
1,263 

269 

3 
1 
273 

4.70 
— 
4.70 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

823 
— 
823 

275 

3 
1 
279 

2.99 
— 
2.99 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

  $ 

  $ 

989 
1 
990 

291 

5 
2 
298 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3.40 

— 

3.40 

3.32 

— 

3.32 

(1)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 

Approximately 8 million, 5 million and 8 million stock options and restricted stock units were excluded from 
the computations of diluted net earnings per common share in 2010, 2009 and 2008 as their exercise and grant-date 
price was higher than the Company’s average stock price. 

9.  Receivables, Net 

(In millions) 
Customer accounts 
Other 

Total 
Allowances 

Net 

March 31, 

2010 
7,256 
968 
8,224 
(149) 
8,075 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

6,902 
1,033 
7,935 
(161) 
7,774 

  $ 

  $ 

The allowances are primarily for estimated uncollectible accounts and sales returns to vendors.   

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

10.  Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 

(In millions) 
Land 
Building, machinery, equipment and other 
Total property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

March 31, 

2010 

50 
1,808 
1,858 
(1,007) 
851 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

50 
1,673 
1,723 
(927) 
796 

  $ 

  $ 

11.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2008 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments 
Goodwill written off related to the sale of a business 
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other 
Balance, March 31, 2009 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments 
Acquisition accounting and other adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2010 

Distribution 
Solutions 
1,672 
231 
(24) 
(10) 
1,869 
7 
(26) 
21 
1,871 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Technology 
Solutions 
1,673 
35 
— 
(49) 
1,659 
4 
— 
34 
1,697 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

3,345 
266 
(24) 
(59) 
3,528 
11 
(26) 
55 
3,568 

Information regarding intangible assets is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Customer lists 
Technology 
Trademarks and other 
Gross intangibles 

Accumulated amortization 
Intangible assets, net 

March 31, 

2010 

832 
190 
74 
1,096 
(545) 
551 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

824 
187 
70 
1,081 
(420) 
661 

  $ 

  $ 

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $121 million, $128 million and $107 million for 2010, 2009 and 
2008.  The weighted average remaining amortization periods for customer lists, technology, trademarks and other 
intangible assets at March 31, 2010 were: 7 years, 2 years and 6 years.  Estimated annual amortization expense of 
these  assets  is  as  follows:  $112 million,  $106 million,  $88 million,  $76 million  and  $59 million  for  2011  through 
2015,  and  $110 million  thereafter.    All  intangible  assets  were  subject  to  amortization  as  of  March  31,  2010  and 
2009. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

12.  Long-Term Debt and Other Financing 

(In millions) 
9.13% Series C Senior Notes due February, 2010 
7.75% Notes due February, 2012 
5.25% Notes due March, 2013 
6.50% Notes due February, 2014 
5.70% Notes due March, 2017 
7.50% Notes due February, 2019 
7.65% Debentures due March, 2027 
ESOP related debt (see Financial Note 13) 
Other 
Total debt 
Less current portion 
Total long-term debt 

Long-Term Debt 

March 31, 

2010 

— 
399 
499 
350 
499 
349 
175 
— 
25 
2,296 
(3) 
2,293 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

215 
399 
499 
350 
499 
349 
175 
1 
22 
2,509 
(219) 
2,290 

$ 

$ 

On  February  12,  2009,  the  Company  issued  6.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2014  (the  “2014  Notes”)  in  an 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $350 million  and  7.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2019  (the  “2019  Notes”)  in  an 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $350 million.    Interest  is  payable  on  February  15  and  August  15  of  each  year 
beginning on August 15, 2009.  The 2014 Notes will mature on February 15, 2014 and the 2019 Notes will mature 
on February 15, 2019.  The Company utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $693 million 
from the issuance of the 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes for general corporate purposes. 

On  March  5,  2007,  we  issued  5.25%  notes  due  March  1,  2013  (the  “2013  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate  principal 
amount of $500 million and 5.70% notes due March 1, 2017 (the “2017 Notes,” collectively with the 2013 Notes, 
2014  Notes,  2019  Notes,  the  “Notes”  and  each  note  constitutes  a  “Series”)  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
$500 million for which interest is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year.  The 2013 Notes will mature 
on March 1, 2013 and the 2017 Notes will mature on March 1, 2017.  We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and 
offering expenses, of $990 million from the issuance of the 2013 Notes and 2017 Notes, together with cash on hand, 
to repay outstanding interim indebtedness related to our January 2007 acquisition of Per-Se. 

Each Series constitutes an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Company and ranks equally with all 
of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  indebtedness  outstanding  from  time-to-time.  
Each Series is governed by an indenture common to all Notes and an officers’ certificate specifying certain terms of 
each Series. 

Upon 30 days notice to holders of a Series, we may redeem that Series at any time prior to maturity, in whole or 
in  part,  for  cash  at  redemption  prices  that  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  a  make-whole  premium,  as 
specified in the indenture and officers’ certificate relating to that Series.  In the event of the occurrence of both (1) a 
change  of  control  of  the  Company  and  (2)  a  downgrade  of  a  Series  below  an  investment  grade  rating  by  each  of 
Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services within a specified period, an 
offer will be made to purchase that Series from the holders at a price in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding 
principal amount of that Series, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase.  The 
indenture and the related officers’ certificate for each Series, subject to the exceptions and in compliance with the 
conditions  as  applicable,  specify  that  we  may  not  incur  liens,  enter  into  sale  and  leaseback  transactions  or 
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.  The indentures also contain customary events and 
default provisions.   

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior Notes which had matured.   

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In May 2009, we renewed our accounts receivable sales facility for an additional one year period under terms 
similar  to  those  previously  in  place.    The  renewed  facility  will  expire  in  mid-May  2010.    Based  on  our  existing 
accounts  receivable  sales  facility  agreement,  we  anticipate  that  activity  under  this  facility  may,  for  U.S.  GAAP 
purposes,  be  considered  as  a  secured  borrowing  rather  than  a  sale  under  accounting  standards  that  will  become 
effective  for  us  on  April  1,  2010.    We  anticipate  renewing  this  facility  before  its  expiration.    The  aggregate 
commitment of the purchasers under this facility is $1.1 billion, although from time-to-time, the available amount 
may be less than that amount based on concentration limits and receivable eligibility requirements.   

Information regarding our outstanding balances related to our interests in accounts receivable sold or qualifying 

receivables retained is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Receivables sold outstanding  
Receivables retained, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

$ 

2010 

— 
4,887 

March 31, 

  $ 

2009 

— 
4,814 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our interests in accounts receivable sold: 

(In millions) 
Proceeds from accounts receivable sales 
Fees and charges (1)  

$ 

2010 

— 
11 

(1)  Recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
5,780 
10 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

1,075 
2 

The delinquency ratio for the qualifying receivables represented less than 1% of the total qualifying receivables 

as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009.   

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  syndicated  $1.3 billion  five-year  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  expires  in  June 
2012.    Borrowings  under  this  credit  facility  bear  interest  based  upon  either  a  Prime  rate  or  the  London  Interbank 
Offering Rate.  There were no borrowings under this facility in 2010 and $279 million for 2009.  As of March 31, 
2010 and 2009, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility.   

Commercial Paper 

We issued and repaid commercial paper of nil and approximately $3.3 billion and $260 million in 2010, 2009 

and 2008.  There were no commercial paper issuances outstanding at March 31, 2010 and 2009.   

Debt Covenants 

Our  various  borrowing  facilities  and  long-term  debt  are  subject  to  certain  covenants.    Our  principal  debt 
covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we 
exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  could  be  accelerated.    As  of 
March 31, 2010, this ratio was 23.4% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants.   

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

13.  Pension Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  qualified  and  nonqualified  defined  pension  benefit  plans  and  defined  contribution 

plans for eligible employees.   

Defined Pension Benefit Plans 

Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company prior to December 31, 1996 are covered under 
the Company-sponsored defined benefit retirement plan.  In 1997, we amended this plan to freeze all plan benefits 
based on each employee’s plan compensation and creditable service accrued to that date.  The Company has made 
no annual contributions since this plan was frozen.  The benefits for this defined benefit retirement plan are based 
primarily on age of employees at date of retirement, years of service and employees’ pay during the five years prior 
to retirement.  We also have defined benefit pension plans for eligible Canadian and United Kingdom employees as 
well as an unfunded nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plan for certain U.S. executives.  We also assumed a 
frozen qualified defined benefit plan through our acquisition of Per-Se Technologies, Inc. (“Per-Se”) in 2007.  The 
Per-Se  plan  was  merged  into  our  retirement  plan  in  2008.    We  adopted  the  measurement  provisions  of  new 
accounting  standards  for  benefit  provisions  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.    As  required,  our  defined  benefit  plan 
assets  and  obligations  are  now  measured  as  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year-end.    We  previously  performed  this 
measurement at December 31.   

The net periodic expense for our pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on assets 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss, prior 
service costs and net transitional obligation 

Settlement charges and other 
Net periodic pension expense 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

4 
35 
(24) 

25 
— 
40 

  $ 

  $ 

6 
33 
(39) 

10 
1 
11 

  $ 

  $ 

7 
31 
(39) 

11 
4 
14 

The  projected  unit  credit  method  is  utilized  in  measuring  net  periodic  pension  expense  over  the  employees’ 
service life for the U.S. pension plans.  Unrecognized actuarial losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected 
benefit obligation or the market value of assets are amortized straight-line over the average remaining future service 
periods.   

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Measurement date adjustment – adoption of new standards 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Benefit payments 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Benefit obligation at end of period (1) 

Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period 
Measurement date adjustment – adoption of new standards 
Actual return (loss) on plan assets 
Employer and participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period 

Funded status at end of period (2) 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet 
Noncurrent assets 
Current liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 

Total 

Year Ended 
March  
31, 2010 

15 Month 
Period Ended 
March  
31, 2009 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

456 
— 
4 
35 
132 
(38) 
4 
593 

309 
— 
97 
18 
(38) 
5 
391 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

543 
(3) 
6 
33 
(65) 
(32) 
(26) 
456 

501 
(9) 
(138) 
15 
(32) 
(28) 
309 

(202) 

  $ 

(147) 

— 
(4) 
(198) 
(202) 

  $ 

  $ 

5 
(10) 
(142) 
(147) 

(1)  The benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation. 
(2)  The unfunded status of our plans at March 31, 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to the decrease in the fair value of our plan 
assets as a result of the volatility in the financial markets.  The 2010 funded status also reflects the unfavorable effect from 
the reduction in discount rates. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligations  for  our  pension  plans  were  $574 million  at  March  31,  2010  and 
$441 million at March 31, 2009. The following table provides the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit 
obligation and fair value of plan assets for all our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of 
plan assets. 

(In millions) 
Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

March 31, 

  $ 

$ 

2010 
503 
499 
307 

2009 
403 
395 
251 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:  

(In millions) 
Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 
Net transition obligation 
Total 

March 31, 

2010 
253 
4 
1 
258 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 
215 
8 
1 
224 

$ 

$ 

Other  changes  in  plan  assets  and benefit  obligations  recognized  in other  comprehensive  loss (income)  during 

the reporting periods were as follows:  

(In millions) 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 
Prior service credit 
Amortization of:  

Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 

$

2010 
59 
(2) 

(23) 
(2) 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
121 

$ 

$ 

(10) 
(2) 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 
comprehensive loss (income) 

$

32 

$ 

109 

$ 

2008 
(2) 

(5) 
(2) 

(9) 

We expect to amortize $1 million of prior service cost and $26 million of actuarial loss for the pension plans 
from stockholders’ equity to pension expense in 2011.  Comparable 2010 amounts were $2 million and $23 million.   

Projected  benefit  obligations  relating  to  our  unfunded  U.S.  plans  were  $137 million  and  $110 million  at 
March 31, 2010 and 2009.  Pension obligations are funded based on the recommendations of independent actuaries.   

Expected  benefit  payments  for  our  pension  plans  are  as  follows:  $31 million,  $36 million,  $39 million, 
$31 million and $126 million for 2011 to 2015 and $188 million for 2016 through 2020.  Expected benefit payments 
are based on the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligations and include estimated future employee 
service.  Expected contributions to be made for our pension plans are $7 million for 2011.   

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the net periodic pension expense and the actuarial present value 

of benefit obligations were as follows: 

Net periodic pension expense 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
Benefit obligation 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 

2010 

2009 

2008 

7.68% 
3.62 
7.90 

5.33% 
3.75 

5.34% 
3.93 
7.75 

7.74% 
3.93 

5.33% 
3.85 
7.53 

6.18% 
4.01 

Our  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  plan  liabilities  are  valued  using  a  discount  rate  based  on  a  yield  curve 
developed from a portfolio of high quality corporate bonds rated AA or better whose maturities are aligned with the 
expected benefit payments of our plans.  For March 31, 2010, we used a weighted average discount rate of 5.29%, 
which represents a decrease of 266 basis points from our 2009 weighted-average discount rate of 7.95%.   

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Sensitivity to changes in the weighted-average discount rate for our U. S. pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Increase (decrease) on projected benefit obligation 
Increase (decrease) on net periodic pension cost 

$ 

One Percentage Point 
Increase  

(37) 
(3)  

One Percentage Point 
Decrease  
44 
3 

  $

Plan Assets  

Investment  Strategy:  The  overall  objective  for  McKesson’s  pension  plan  assets  is  to  generate  long-term 
investment  returns  consistent  with  capital  preservation  and  prudent  investment  practices,  with  a  diversification  of 
asset types and investment strategies.  Periodic adjustments are made to provide liquidity for benefit payments and 
to rebalance plan assets to their target allocations. 

The target allocations for plan assets are 59% equity securities, 33% fixed income securities and 8% to all other 
types  of  investments  including  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Equity  securities  include  primarily  exchange-traded 
common  stock  and  preferred  stock  of  companies  from  diversified  industries.    Fixed  income  securities  include 
corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, government securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-
backed securities and other.  Other types of investments include investments in real estate and venture capital funds, 
hedge  funds  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Portions  of  the  equity,  fixed  income  and  cash  and  cash-equivalent 
investments are held in commingled funds.   

We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on the historical experience of our portfolio 
and review of projected performance by asset class of broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices.  Our 
target asset allocation was determined based on the risk tolerance characteristics of the plans and at times may be 
adjusted to achieve our overall investment objectives. 

Fair Value Measurements:  The following table represents our pension plan assets as of March 31, 2010, using 
the fair value hierarchy by asset class. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs 
used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on unadjusted quoted prices in active 
markets  for  identical  assets.    Level  2  refers  to  fair  values  estimated  using  significant  other  observable  inputs  and 
Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  

(In millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Common and preferred stock 
Equity commingled funds 

Fixed income securities: 
Government securities 
Corporate bonds 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities and other 
Fixed income commingled funds 

Other: 

Real estate and venture capital funds 
Hedge funds 

Total  
Receivables (1) 
Payables  (1) 
Total  

Level 1 
10 

$ 

$ 

Level 2 
17 

Level 3 
— 

$ 

$ 

Total 
27 

104 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
114 

$ 

1 
126 

23 
41 
17 
15 
22 

— 
— 
262 

$ 

— 
— 

— 
— 
1 
1 
— 

19 
5 
26 

$ 

105 
126 

23 
41 
18 
16 
22 

19 
5 
402 
6 
(17) 
391 

$ 

$ 

(1)  Represents pending trades at March 31, 2010.   

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents consist of a short-term investment fund that maintains 
daily  liquidity  and  has  a  constant  unit  value  of  $1.00.  The  fund  also  invests  in  short-term  domestic  fixed  income 
securities and other securities with debt-like characteristics emphasizing short-term maturities and quality. Cash and 
cash  equivalents  are  generally  classified  as  Level  1  investments.    Some  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  held  in 
commingled funds, which have a daily net value derived from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active 
markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Common and preferred stock – This investment class consists of common and preferred shares issued by U.S. 
and non-U.S. corporations. Common shares are traded actively on exchanges and price quotes are readily available.  
Preferred shares are not actively traded.  Holdings of common shares are generally classified as Level 1 investments.  
Preferred shares are classified as Level 2 investments.   

Equity  commingled  funds  –  Some  equity  securities  consisting  of  common  and  preferred  stock  are  held  in 
commingled  funds,  which  have  daily  net  asset  values  derived  from  quoted  prices  for  the  underlying  securities  in 
active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments.   

Government securities – This investment class consists of bonds and debentures issued by central governments 
or  federal  agencies.  Multiple  prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible,  which 
enables cross-provider validations.  We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including 
the  nature  and  observability  of  the  inputs used  in deriving  such prices.    These  securities  are  classified  as  Level  2 
investments.   

Corporate  bonds  –  This  investment  class  consists  of  bonds  and  debentures  issued  by  corporations.    Multiple 
prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible,  which  enables  cross-provider 
validations.    We  have  obtained  an  understanding  of  how  these  prices  are  derived,  including  the  nature  and 
observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    When  inputs  are  observable,  securities  are  classified  as 
Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments.   

Mortgage-backed  securities  –  This  investment  class  consists  of  debt  obligations  secured  by  a  mortgage  or 
collection  of  mortgages.    Multiple  prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible, 
which  enables  cross-provider  validations.    We  have  obtained  an  understanding  of  how  these  prices  are  derived, 
including  the  nature  and  observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    When  inputs  are  observable, 
securities are classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments.   

Asset-backed  securities  and  other  –  This  investment  class  consists  of  debt  obligations  secured  by  an  asset  or 
collection of assets.  Multiple prices and price types are obtained from  pricing vendors whenever possible, which 
enables cross-provider validations.  We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including 
the nature and observability of the inputs used in deriving such prices.  When inputs are observable, securities are 
classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments.   

Fixed income commingled funds – Some of the fixed income securities are held in commingled funds, which 

have daily net asset values derived from the underlying securities; these are classified as Level 2 investments.   

Real estate and venture capital funds – The value of the real estate funds is reported by the fund manager and is 
based  on  a  valuation  of  the  underlying  properties.    Inputs  used  in  the  valuation  include  items  such  as  cost, 
discounted future cash flows, independent appraisals and market based comparable data.  The real estate funds are 
classified as Level 3 investments.  The real estate fund is in the process of redemption.  However, redemptions are 
restricted  by  the  fund’s  liquidity.    The  plans  also  have  an  interest  in  venture  capital  funds  structured  as  limited 
partnerships  that  invest  in  privately-held  companies.    Due  to  the  private  nature  of  the  partnership  investments, 
pricing inputs are not readily observable.  Asset valuations are developed by the general partners that manage the 
partnerships.  These valuations are based on proprietary appraisals, application of public market multiples to private 
company cash flows, utilization of market transactions that provide valuation information for comparable companies 
and  other  methods.    Holdings  of  limited  partnerships  pertaining  to  venture  capital  investments  are  classified  as 
Level 3.   

86 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Hedge funds – The hedge funds are invested in fund-of-fund structures and consist of multiple investments in 
interest and currency funds designed to hedge the risk of rate fluctuations.  Given the complex nature of valuation 
and the broad spectrums of investments, the hedge funds are classified as Level 3 investments.  

The  following  table  represents  a  reconciliation  of  Level  3  plan  assets  held  during  the  year  ended 

March 31, 2010: 

Real Estate and 

Venture  

(In millions) 
Balance at March 31, 2009 
Unrealized (loss) on plan assets still held   
Balance at March 31, 2010 

$

25 
(6) 
19 

Capital Funds Hedge Funds 
$

$

5 
— 
5 

$

Other 
2 
— 
2 

$

$

Total 
32 
(6) 
26 

$

$

Concentration of Credit Risk:  We evaluated our pension plans’ asset portfolios for the existence of significant 
concentrations of credit risk as of March 31, 2010.  Types of concentrations that were evaluated include investment 
funds that represented 10% or more of the pension plans’ net assets.  As of March 31, 2010, 10% of our plan assets 
is comprised of Bartram International Fund, which holds only actively traded stock.  

Other Defined Benefit Plans 

Under  various  U.S.  bargaining  unit  labor  contracts,  we  make  payments  into  multi-employer  pension  plans 
established for union employees.  We are liable for a proportionate part of the plans’ unfunded vested benefit upon 
our withdrawal from the plan; however, information regarding the relative position of each employer with respect to 
the  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated  benefits  and  net  assets  available  for  benefits  is  not  available.  
Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 
2008.   

Defined Contribution Plans 

We have a contributory profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees not covered by collective 
bargaining  arrangements.    Eligible  employees  may  contribute  to  the  PSIP  up  to  20%  of  their  monthly  eligible 
compensation for pre-tax contributions and up to 67% of compensation for catch-up contributions not to exceed IRS 
limits.  The Company makes matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the employee’s first 3% of pay 
contributed  and  50%  for  the  next  2%  of  pay  contributed.    The  Company  also  may  make  an  additional  annual 
matching contribution for each plan year to enable participants to receive a full match based on their annual limit, 
effective 2008.  Prior to 2009, the Company provided for the PSIP contributions primarily with its common shares 
through its leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”).   

The  ESOP  had  purchased  an  aggregate  of  24 million  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  since  its 
inception.  These purchases were financed by 10 to 20 year loans from or guaranteed by us.  At March 31, 2009, the 
ESOP’s outstanding borrowing was reported as short-term debt of the Company and the related receivables from the 
ESOP  were  shown  as  a  reduction  of  stockholders’  equity.    At  March  31,  2010,  there  were  no  outstanding  ESOP 
loans nor the related receivables from the ESOP as the ESOP fully repaid the loans during 2010. The loans were 
repaid  by  the  ESOP  from  interest  earnings  on  cash  balances  and  common  dividends  on  unallocated  shares  and 
Company cash contributions.  The ESOP loan maturities and rates were identical to the terms of related Company 
borrowings.    Stock  was  made  available  from  the  ESOP  based  on  debt  service  payments  on  ESOP  borrowings.  
ESOP  expense  and  other  contribution  expense,  including  interest  expense  on  ESOP  debt,  was  $1 million, 
$53 million and $13 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008.  ESOP expense for 2010 was negligible, as we did not make 
additional contributions to the PSIP or ESOP, as discussed in the paragraph below.  ESOP expense for 2008 was 
significantly lower than 2009 due to the utilization of lower cost basis shares in the ESOP to fund the Company’s 
matching  contributions.    Approximately  1 million  shares  of  common  stock  were  allocated  to  plan  participants  in 
2008.    In  2009,  the  Company  made  contributions  primarily  in  cash  or  with  the  issuance  of  treasury  shares.    At 
March 31,  2010,  substantially  all  of  the  24 million  common  shares  had  been  allocated  to  plan  participants.    As  a 
result, we will need to fund most of our future PSIP contributions with cash or treasury shares.   

87 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The McKesson Corporation PSIP is a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation 
Action.  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds.  On October 
9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately  $119 million of the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action proceeds.  
Approximately  $42 million  of  the  proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  allocated  shares  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were 
allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010.  Approximately $77 million of the 
proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  unallocated  shares  (the  “Unallocated  Proceeds”)  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP in an ESOP suspense account.  In accordance with the plan terms, the PSIP distributed all of the 
Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan year in April 2010.  The receipt of the 
Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of the Company’s common stock held by 
the  PSIP  in  its  ESOP  suspense  account  during  the  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action  class-holding  period 
and  was  not  a  contribution  made  by  the  Company  to  the  PSIP  or  ESOP.    Accordingly,  there  were  no  accounting 
consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP.   

PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows: 

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions  
Corporate 

PSIP expense 

Cost of sales (1) 
Operating expenses 
PSIP expense 

2010 

— 
1 
— 
1 

— 
1 
1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 
23 
28 
2 
53 

  $

  $ 

  $ 

  $

  $

12 
41 
53 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

5 
7 
1 
13 

3 
10 
13 

(1)  Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our McKesson Technology Solutions segment. 

14.  Postretirement Benefits  

We  maintain  a  number  of  postretirement  benefits,  primarily  consisting  of  healthcare  and  life  insurance 
(“welfare”)  benefits,  for  certain  eligible  U.S.  employees.    Eligible  employees  consist  of  those  who  retired  before 
March  31,  1999  and  those  who  retired  after  March  31,  1999,  but  were  an  active  employee  as  of  that  date,  after 
meeting other age-related criteria.  We also provide postretirement benefits for certain U.S. executives.  We adopted 
the measurement provisions of new accounting standards for postretirement plans in the fourth quarter of 2009.  As 
required,  our  defined  benefit  plan  obligations  are  now  measured  as  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year-end.    We 
previously performed this measurement at December 31.   

The net periodic expense (income) for our postretirement welfare benefits is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss (gain) and 

prior service costs 

Net periodic postretirement expense (income) 

$ 

$ 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

1 
9 

(25) 
(15) 

  $ 

  $ 

1 
10 

(14) 
(3) 

  $ 

  $ 

2 
10 

4 
16 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations for our postretirement welfare plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Measurement date adjustment – adoption of new 

standards 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan amendments and other 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Benefit payments 

Year Ended 
March  
31, 2010 

15 Month 
Period Ended 
March 
31, 2009 

  $ 

133 

  $ 

— 
1 
9 
— 
26 
(15) 
154 

  $ 

157 

3 
1 
10 
6 
(30) 
(14) 
133 

Benefit obligation at end of period 

  $ 

The  components  of  the  amount  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  for  the  Company’s 
other postretirement plans at March 31, 2010 and 2009 were net actuarial gain of $1 million and $52 million and net 
prior  service  credit  of  $2 million  and  $2 million.    Other  changes  in  benefit  obligations  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive  income  were  net  actuarial  loss  of  $51 million  for  2010  and  net  actuarial  gain  of  $12 million  and 
$33 million for 2009 and 2008. 

We  estimate  that  the  amortization  of  the  actuarial  gain  from  stockholders’  equity  to  other  postretirement 
expense  in  2011  will  be  $10 million  ($25 million  in  2010).    The  decrease  in  the  gain  is  due  to  completion  of 
amortization of the 2007 actuarial gain in 2010 and a decrease in the discount rate in 2011.   

Other postretirement benefits are funded as claims are paid.  Expected benefit payments for our postretirement 
welfare benefit plans, net of expected Medicare subsidy receipts of $2 million annually, are as follows: $14 million 
annually  for  2011  to  2015  and  $63 million  cumulatively  for  2016  through  2020.    Expected  benefit  payments  are 
based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  to  measure  the  benefit  obligations  and  include  estimated  future  employee 
service.  Expected contributions to be made for our postretirement welfare benefit plans are $15 million for 2011.   

Weighted-average discount rates used to estimate postretirement welfare benefit expenses were 7.86%, 6.19% 
and  5.78%  for  2010,  2009  and  2008.    Weighted-average  discount  rates  for  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefit 
obligations were 5.33%, 7.86% and 6.19% for 2010, 2009 and 2008. 

Actuarial gain or loss for the postretirement welfare benefit plan is amortized to income or expense over a three-
year  period.    The  assumed  healthcare  cost  trends  used  in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit 
obligation were 8.5% and 9% for prescription drugs, 7.5% and 7% for medical and 6% for dental in 2010 and 2009.  
The  healthcare  cost  trend  rate  assumption  has  a  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  reported.    For  2010,  2009  and 
2008,  a  one-percentage-point  increase  or  decrease  in  the  assumed  healthcare  cost  trend  rate  would  impact  total 
service  and  interest  cost  components  by  approximately  $1 million  to  $2 million  and  the  postretirement  benefit 
obligation by approximately $9 million to $8 million. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

15.  Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities 

At  March 31, 2010  and  2009,  the  carrying  amounts of  cash  and  cash  equivalents, restricted  cash,  marketable 
securities,  receivables,  drafts  and  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  approximated  their  estimated  fair 
values  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these  financial  instruments.    All  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  purchased 
with original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents.  
Included  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  March  31,  2010  and  2009,  are  money  market  fund  investments  of 
$2.3 billion and $1.7 billion, which are reported at fair value.  The fair value of these investments was determined by 
using quoted prices for identical investments in active markets, which are considered to be Level 1 inputs under the 
fair value measurements and disclosures guidance.  The carrying value of all other cash equivalents approximates 
fair value due to their relatively short-term nature.   

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other financing was $2.3 billion and 
$2.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and $2.5 billion each at March 31, 2009.  The estimated fair value of our long-term 
debt  and  other  financing  was  determined  using  quoted  market  prices  and  other  inputs  that  were  derived  from 
available market information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that 
will be realized in the future.   

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations.  We 
limit these risks through the use of derivatives such as interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.  
In accordance with our policy, derivatives are only used for hedging purposes.  We do not use derivatives for trading 
or  speculative  purposes.    The  volume  of  activity  related  to  derivative  financial  instruments  was  not  material  for 
2010, 2009 and 2008.   

16.  Lease Obligations 

We lease facilities and equipment almost solely under operating leases.  At March 31, 2010, future minimum 
lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of 
one year for years ending March 31 are: 

 (In millions) 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 

Noncancellable 
Operating 
Leases 
106 
85 
55 
38 
29 
50 
363 

  $ 

  $ 

Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  $154 million,  $146 million  and  $149 million  in  2010,  2009  and 
2008.    We  recognize  rent  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  taking  into  account,  when 
applicable, lessor incentives for tenant improvements, periods where no rent payment is required and escalations in 
rent payments over the term of the lease.  Deferred rent is recognized for the difference between the rent expense 
recognized on a straight-line basis and the payments made per the terms of the lease.  Remaining terms for facilities 
leases generally range from one to seven years, while remaining terms for equipment leases range from one to three 
years.    Most  real  property  leases  contain  renewal  options  (generally  for  five-year  increments)  and  provisions 
requiring us to pay property taxes and operating expenses in excess of base period amounts.  Sublease rental income 
was not material for any period presented.   

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

17.  Financial Guarantees and Warranties 

Financial Guarantees 

We have agreements with certain of our customers’ financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the 
repurchase of inventory (primarily for our Canadian business) at a discount in the event these customers are unable 
to meet certain obligations to those financial institutions.  Among other requirements, these inventories must be in 
resalable  condition.    The  inventory  repurchase  agreements  mostly  range  from  one  to  two  years.    Customer 
guarantees range from one to five years and were primarily provided to facilitate financing for certain customers. 
The  majority  of  our  other  customer  guarantees  are  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  customer.    We  also  have  an 
agreement  with  one  software  customer  that,  under  limited  circumstances,  may  require  us  to  secure  standby 
financing.  Because the amount of the standby financing is not explicitly stated, the overall amount of this guarantee 
cannot reasonably be estimated.  At March 31, 2010, the maximum amounts of inventory repurchase guarantees and 
other customer guarantees were $124 million and $17 million, none of which had been accrued. 

At March 31, 2010, we had commitments of $2 million of cash contributions to our equity-held investments, for 
which no amounts had been accrued and a loan commitment of $5 million to an equity-held investment, of which 
$2 million had been funded and is included under other assets in our consolidated balance sheet.   

The  expirations  of  the  above  noted  financial  guarantees  and  commitments  are  as  follows:  $64 million, 

$24 million, $1 million, nil and $6 million from 2011 through 2015 and $51 million thereafter. 

In addition, at March 31, 2010, our banks and insurance companies have issued $111 million of standby letters 
of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to 
meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ 
compensation and automotive liability programs.   

Our  software  license  agreements  generally  include  certain  provisions  for  indemnifying  customers  against 
liabilities if our software products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.  To date, we have not incurred 
any material costs as a result of such indemnification agreements and have not accrued any liabilities related to such 
obligations.  

In  conjunction  with  certain  transactions,  primarily  divestitures,  we  may  provide  routine  indemnification 
agreements (such as retention of previously existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities) whose terms vary 
in  duration  and  often  are  not  explicitly  defined.    Where  appropriate,  obligations  for  such  indemnifications  are 
recorded as liabilities.  Because the amounts of these indemnification obligations often are not explicitly stated, the 
overall maximum amount of these commitments cannot be reasonably estimated.  Other than obligations recorded as 
liabilities  at  the  time  of  divestiture,  we  have  historically  not  made  significant  payments  as  a  result  of  these 
indemnification provisions.  

Warranties 

In the normal course of business, we provide certain warranties and indemnification protection for our products 
and  services.    For  example,  we  provide  warranties  that  the  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  products  we 
distribute are in compliance with the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other applicable laws and regulations.  We 
have received the same warranties from our suppliers, which customarily are the manufacturers of the products.  In 
addition, we have indemnity obligations to our customers for these products, which have also been provided to us 
from our suppliers, either through express agreement or by operation of law.   

91 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We  also  provide  warranties  regarding  the  performance  of  software  and  automation  products  we  sell.    Our 
liability under these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed upon specifications.  
For software products, this may result in additional project costs, which are reflected in our estimates used for the 
percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  for  software  installation  services  within  these  contracts.    In 
addition,  most  of  our  customers  who  purchase  our  software  and  automation  products  also  purchase  annual 
maintenance agreements.  Revenues from these maintenance agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the  contract  period  and  the  cost  of  servicing  product  warranties  is  charged  to  expense  when  claims  become 
estimable.  Accrued warranty costs were not material to the consolidated balance sheets. 

18.  Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities   

In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, 
other pending and potential legal actions for damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations 
and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  normal  conduct  of  our  business.    We  record  a  provision  for  a  liability  when 
management  believes  that  it  is  both  probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be 
reasonably estimated.  We believe we have made adequate provisions for any such matters.  Management reviews 
these  provisions  at  least  quarterly  and  adjusts  these  provisions  to  reflect  the  impact  of  negotiations,  settlements, 
rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case.  Because litigation 
outcomes  are  inherently  unpredictable,  these  decisions  often  involve  a  series  of  complex  assessments  by 
management  about  future  events  that  can  rely  heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  and  it  is  possible  that  the 
ultimate  cost  of  these  matters  could  impact  our  earnings,  either  negatively  or  positively,  in  the  period  of  their 
resolution.   

We are party to the significant legal proceedings described below.  Based on our experience, we believe that 
any damage amounts claimed in the specific matters discussed below are not meaningful indicators of our potential 
liability.    We  believe  that  we  have  valid  defenses  to  these  legal  proceedings  and  are  defending  the  matters 
vigorously.  Nevertheless, the outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain.  We are currently unable to estimate 
the remaining possible losses in these unresolved legal proceedings.  Should any one or a combination of more than 
one of these proceedings be successful, or should we determine to settle any or a combination of these matters, we 
may be required to pay substantial sums, become subject to the entry of an injunction or be forced to change the 
manner in which we operate our business, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial position or 
results of operations.   

I. Accounting Litigation  

Following the announcements by McKesson in April, May and July of 1999 that McKesson had determined that 
certain software sales transactions in its Information Solutions segment, formerly HBO & Company, Inc. (“HBOC”) 
and  later  known  as  McKesson  Information  Solutions  LLC,  were  improperly  recorded  as  revenue  and  reversed, 
numerous  lawsuits  were filed  against  McKesson, HBOC, certain of  McKesson’s  and HBOC’s  current  and  former 
officers  or  directors,  and  other  defendants  .    Although  almost  all  of  these  cases  (collectively  the  “Securities 
Litigation”) have now been resolved, certain matters remain pending as more fully described below.  On January 12, 
2005, we announced that we reached an agreement to settle the previously-reported action in the Northern District of 
California  captioned:    In  re  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  Securities  Litigation,  (No.  C-99-20743  RMW)  (the 
“Consolidated Securities Litigation Action”).  

The  last  two  Securities  Litigation  lawsuits  pending  against  the  Company  are  Holcombe  T.  Green  and  HTG 
Corp. v. McKesson Corporation, et al. (Georgia State Court, Fulton County, Case No. 06-VS-096767-D) and Hall 
Family  Investments,  L.P.  v. McKesson  Corporation,  et  al. (Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  Case  No. 06-VS-
096763-F).    Plaintiffs  in  those  matters  allege  common  law  fraud  and  deceit  against  the  Company  and  certain  of 
HBOC’s  former  officers.    In  addition,  plaintiff  Green  seeks  indemnification  for  attorneys’  fees  that  he  allegedly 
incurred  in  connection  with  a  class  action  lawsuit,  now  settled,  which  was  filed  on  behalf  of  participants  in  the 
McKesson Corporation Profit Sharing Investment Plan against the Company and Green, among others.  In the fraud 
and  deceit  actions,  plaintiffs  seek  actual  and  punitive  damages,  attorneys’  fees  and  costs  of  suit  in  amounts 
unspecified in the complaint.  

92 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Company and HBOC answered the complaints in each of these actions, generally denying the allegations 
and any liability to plaintiffs. In April 2007, we and other defendants filed motions for summary judgment in both 
actions, arguing, in part, that plaintiffs could not as a matter of law prove the “materiality” elements of their fraud 
and  deceit  causes  of  action.    On  December 13,  2007,  the  trial  judge  denied  those  motions.  On  January 3,  2008, 
McKesson appealed those rulings to the Georgia Court of Appeals.  On July 14, 2009, the Georgia Court of Appeals 
issued its opinion, ruling as a matter of law that plaintiffs could not prove the materiality elements of their claims, 
and further ruling that the trial court committed error in denying the defendants’ motions for summary judgment. On 
July 23, 2009, plaintiffs petitioned the Georgia Supreme Court to take appeals from the Georgia Court of Appeals 
decision.  On  October 19,  2009,  the  Georgia  Supreme  Court  refused  to  take  those  appeals,  and  on  December  15, 
2009, the Georgia Supreme Court denied plaintiff’s petition for reconsideration of its October 19, 2009, order.  The 
Georgia Supreme Court remanded both cases to the Georgia Court of Appeals, which in turn remanded them to the 
trial court with instructions to enter judgment in favor of McKesson and other defendants as provided in the Court of 
Appeals’ July 14, 2009, decision.  The only remaining matters to be decided in these actions, the claim of individual 
plaintiff Green for indemnity relating to his defense in an unrelated action and fees and costs in both actions, were 
resolved in a settlement dated April 28, 2010, and a dismissal of these two actions “with prejudice” will be filed in 
May 2010.   

II.   Average Wholesale Price Litigation 

The  following  matters  involve  a  drug  reimbursement  benchmark  referred  to  as  the  “AWP”  utilized  by  some 
public  and  private  payors  to  calculate  at  least  some  portion  of  the  amount  a  pharmacy  will  be  reimbursed  for 
dispensing a covered branded drug. 

A.  Private Payor AWP Actions 

On  June 2,  2005,  a  civil  class  action  complaint  was  filed  against  the  Company  in  the  United  States  District 
Court, District of Massachusetts, New England Carpenters Health Benefits Fund, et al. v. First DataBank, Inc. and 
McKesson Corporation (Civil Action No. 1:05-CV-11148-PBS) (the “Private Payor RICO Action”).  Plaintiffs are 
four health benefit plans.  The complaint alleges that in late 2001 and early 2002 the Company and co-defendant 
First DataBank, Inc. (“FDB”) conspired to improperly raise the published AWPs for certain prescription drugs, and 
that this alleged conduct resulted in higher drug reimbursement payments by plaintiffs and others similarly situated.  
Plaintiffs  purport  to  represent  a  class  of  third  party  payors  and  consumers  who  paid  any  portion  of  the  price  of 
certain prescription drugs to the extent their portion was based upon the AWPs published by FDB during the period 
January 1, 2002, to March 15, 2005. 

The  complaint  purports  to  state  claims  against  the  Company  based  on  the  federal  Racketeer  Influenced  and 
Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO,”) 18 U.S.C. § 1962(c); California’s Business and Professions Code §§ 17200 
and 17500 and common law civil conspiracy.  The complaint also alleges two additional claims against defendant 
FDB  only  for  violation  of  California’s  Consumers  Legal  Remedies  Act,  California  Civil  Code  §  1750  and  for 
common  law  negligent  misrepresentation.    Plaintiffs  seek  injunctive  relief,  as  well  as  compensatory  and  treble 
damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. 

On July 21, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Complaint (“FAC”), asserting essentially the same claims 
against the Company and adding an additional named plaintiff.  The FAC also included an alternative count under 
the consumer protection statutes of numerous states if the court determined that California law was not applicable to 
the  entire  class.    The  FAC  modified  the  definition  of  the  alleged  class  to  include  third  party  payors  (but  not 
consumers) whose pharmaceutical payments for certain prescription drugs were based upon AWP (not limited to the 
AWP published by FDB) during the time period August 1, 2001, to March 15, 2005. 

93 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On  November 30,  2006,  plaintiffs  filed  a  Second  Amended  Complaint  (“SAC”)  which  added  a  class  of 
consumers that made percentage co-payments in addition to the third party payor class (“consumer co-pay class”).  
In addition, the SAC added a claim under California Civil Code § 3345 for treble damages for unfair practices.  On 
November 6,  2007,  plaintiffs  filed  a  Third  Amended  Complaint  (“TAC”)  largely  repeating  the  allegations  of  the 
SAC  and  adding  a  new  class  of  uninsured  consumers  who  paid  usual  and  customary  (“U&C”)  prices  for  the 
prescription  drugs  at  issue  in  the  case (“U&C  class”).    The  TAC  asserts  the  same  claims  asserted  in  the  SAC  on 
behalf  of  the  third  party  payor  class,  the  consumer  co-pay  class  and  the  U&C  class,  with  the  exception  that  the 
claims of the U&C class are alleged to run through the present. 

On March 19, 2008, the district court entered an order certifying the consumer co-pay class for all purposes for 
the period August 1, 2001, to May 15, 2005, certifying the third party payor class for liability and equitable relief for 
the  period  from  August 1,  2001,  to  May 15,  2005,  and  certifying  the  third  party  payor  class  for  damages  for  the 
period August 1, 2001, to December 31, 2003.  

On  November 21,  2008,  the  Company  announced  that  it  had  reached  an  agreement  with  plaintiffs  to  pay 
$350 million  in  settlement  of  all  claims  on  behalf  of  the  three  private  payor  classes  alleged  in  the  Private  Payor 
RICO  Action  relating  to  FDB’s  published  AWPs,  along  with  the  claims  brought  by  these  same  private  payors 
alleged in a previously dismissed antitrust action.  The Company also announced on November 21 that it recorded a 
reserve of $143 million for pending and expected claims by public payor entities relating to FDB’s published AWPs.  
As a result, in the third quarter of 2009, we recorded a $493 million pre-tax charge.  The private payor settlement 
provides that the Company will pay $350 million into a settlement escrow in installments following preliminary and 
final approvals of the settlement, which escrow account shall be used for settlement administration costs, including 
notice,  attorneys’  fees  as  approved  by  the  court  and  distribution  to  class  members  in  a  manner  determined  by 
plaintiffs subject to court approval.  

On July 24, 2009, the trial court issued an order approving the settlement of these matters.  On August 21, 2009, 
a  settlement  class  member  filed  a  motion  challenging  the  order  of  approval  and  also  a  motion  seeking  leave  to 
intervene in the case and on November 5, 2009, the trial court denied both of those motions.  On August 31, 2009, 
the trial court entered judgment on the settlement and dismissed all private party claims against the Company.  On 
September 29  and  30,  2009,  four  appeals  to  the  First  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  were  filed  by  settlement  class 
members  challenging  the  final  judgment.    Between  November 30  and  December 22,  2009,  all  four  appeals  were 
voluntarily dismissed.  

These private payor actions have been concluded, the releases have become final and binding on the classes and 
the settlement consideration has been paid and is no longer subject to return to the Company.  Accordingly, in the 
third  quarter  of  2010,  the  Company  removed  its  AWP  litigation  liability  of  $350 million  and  corresponding 
restricted cash balance as all criteria for the extinguishment of this liability were met. 

B.  The Public Payor AWP Cases 

Commencing in May of 2008, a series of complaints alleging claims nearly identical to the Private Payor RICO 
Action  were  filed  by  various  public  payors  —  governmental  entities  that  paid  any  portion  of  the  price  of  certain 
prescription drugs.  These actions were all filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts 
and  were  ultimately  consolidated  under  the  caption  “In  re  McKesson  Governmental  Entities  Average  Wholesale 
Price Litigation.”  The public payor actions are assigned to the same court assigned to the related claims of private 
payors.  A description of these actions is as follows: 

94 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The San Francisco Action 

On May 20, 2008, an action was filed by the San Francisco Health Plan on behalf of itself and a purported class 
of political subdivisions in the State of California and by the San Francisco City Attorney on behalf of the “People 
of the State of California” in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company 
as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the California Cartwright Act, California’s false claims act, 
California  Business  and  Professions  Code  §§  17200  and  17500  and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  civil 
penalties,  restitution,  interest  and  attorneys’  fees,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  San  Francisco  Health  Plan,  et  al.  v. 
McKesson  Corporation,  (Civil  Action  No. 1:08-CV-10843-PBS)  (“San  Francisco  Action”).    On  July 3,  2008,  an 
amended complaint was filed in the San Francisco Action adding a claim for tortious interference.  On January 13, 
2009,  a  second  amended  complaint  was  filed  in  the  San  Francisco  Action  that  abandoned  all  previously  alleged 
antitrust claims. 

The Connecticut Action 

On  May 28,  2008,  an  action  was  filed  by  the  State  of  Connecticut  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the 
District of Massachusetts against the Company, again as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the 
Sherman  Act  and  the  Connecticut  Unfair  Trade  Practices  Act  and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  restitution, 
interest  and  attorneys’  fees,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  State  of  Connecticut  v.  McKesson  Corporation,  (Civil 
Action No. 1:08-CV-10900-PBS) (“Connecticut Action”).  On January 13, 2009, an amended complaint was filed in 
the Connecticut Action abandoning all previously alleged antitrust claims. 

The Douglas County, Kansas Nationwide Class Action 

On August 7, 2008, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by 
the Board of County Commissioners of Douglas County, Kansas on behalf of itself and a purported national class of 
state, local and territorial governmental entities against the Company and FDB alleging violations of civil RICO and 
federal antitrust laws and seeking damages and treble damages, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys’ fees 
and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  Douglas  County,  Kansas  v. 
McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-11349-PBS) (“Douglas County, Kansas Action”). 

Separate  class  actions  based  on  essentially  the  same  factual  allegations  were  subsequently  filed  against  the 
Company and FDB in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by the City of Panama City, 
Florida on August 18, 2008 (“Florida Action”), the State of Oklahoma on October 15, 2008, (“Oklahoma Action”), 
the  County  of  Anoka,  Minnesota  on  November 3,  2008,  (“Minnesota  Action”),  Baltimore,  Maryland  on 
November 7,  2008,  (“Maryland  Action”),  Columbia,  South  Carolina  on  December 12,  2008,  (“South  Carolina 
Action”) and Goldsboro, North Carolina on December 15, 2008, (“North Carolina Action”) in each case on behalf of 
the filing entity and a class of state and local governmental entities within the same state, alleging violations of civil 
RICO, federal and state antitrust laws and various state consumer protection and deceptive and unfair trade practices 
statutes and seeking damages and treble damages, civil penalties, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys’ fees 
and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts. 

On December 24, 2008, an amended and consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Douglas County, 
Kansas  Action.    The  amended  complaint  added  the  named  plaintiffs  from  the  Florida,  Oklahoma,  Minnesota, 
Maryland, South Carolina and North Carolina Actions and abandoned the previously alleged antitrust claims.  On 
January 9,  2009,  the  Florida,  Oklahoma,  Minnesota,  Maryland,  South  Carolina  and  North  Carolina  Actions  were 
voluntarily  dismissed  without  prejudice.    On  March 3,  2009,  a  second  amended  and  consolidated  class  action 
complaint  was  filed  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action,  adding  the  state  of  Montana  as  a  plaintiff,  adding 
Montana state law claims and adding a claim for tortious interference. 

95 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On  February 10,  2009,  plaintiffs  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action  filed  a  notice  of  dismissal  without 
prejudice of defendant FDB.  On April 2, 2009, the Company filed answers to each of the pending complaints in the 
San Francisco Action, the Connecticut Action and the County of Douglas, Kansas Action denying the core factual 
allegations and asserting numerous affirmative defenses.  On April 9, 2009, the Company filed a demand for a jury 
in each of these actions. 

On May 20, 2009, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by 
Oakland County, Michigan and the City of Sterling Heights, Michigan against the Company as the sole defendant, 
alleging  RICO  violations,  the  Michigan  Antitrust  Reform  Act,  the  Michigan  Consumer  Protection  Act,  the 
California Cartwright Act and common law fraud and seeking damages, treble damages, interest and attorneys’ fees, 
all in unspecified amounts, Oakland County, Michigan et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:09-CV-
10843-PBS)  (“Michigan  Action”).    On  August 4,  2009,  the  court  granted  the  Company’s  motion  to  stay  the 
Michigan Action. 

On February 19, 2010, discovery closed in the consolidated public payor actions.  The parties are engaged in 
briefing  regarding  class  certification  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  and  San  Francisco  Actions  and  trial  in  the 
Connecticut Action is set for July 19, 2010.  No trial date is set in the San Francisco and Douglas County, Kansas 
Actions.  

The New Jersey United States’ Attorney’s Office AWP Investigation 

In June of 2007, the Company was informed that a qui tam action by an unknown relator was previously filed in 
the  United  States  District  Court  in  the  District  of  New  Jersey,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  twelve 
states (California, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Mexico, Tennessee, 
Texas and Virginia) and the District of Columbia against the Company and seven other defendants.  The Company 
has not been provided with the original complaint, which was filed in 2005, and does not know the identity of the 
original  parties  to  the  action.    The  Company  was  advised  that  the  United  States  and  the  various  states  are 
considering whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done so to date.  The suit thus remains under seal and has 
not been served on the Company. 

In January 2009, the Company was provided with a courtesy copy of a third amended complaint filed in the qui 
tam  action.    This  complaint  has  also  not  been  served  on  the  Company.    The  third  amended  complaint  alleges 
multiple  claims  against  the  Company  under  the  federal  False  Claims  Act  and  the  various  states’  and  District  of 
Columbia’s  false  claims  statutes.    These  and  additional  claims  are  also  alleged  against  other  parties.    The  claims 
arise out of alleged manipulation of AWP by defendants which plaintiffs claim caused them to pay more than they 
should  have  in  reimbursement  for  prescription  drugs  covered  by  various  government  programs  that  base 
reimbursement  payments  on  AWP.    The  complaint  is  brought  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  the  twelve  states 
named above, ten additional states (Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, 
Oklahoma, Rhode Island and Wisconsin) and the District of Columbia and seeks damages including treble damages 
and civil penalties (which the relator claims would be several billion dollars) as provided under the various False 
Claims Act statutes, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs.   

96 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

III. Other Litigation and Claims  

On  April  7,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Superior  Court  of  the  State  of  California  for  the  County  of  Los 
Angeles against, among others, the Company, its indirect subsidiary, NDCHealth Corporation (“NDC”) and “Relay 
Health,” a trade name under which NDC conducts business, Rodriguez et al. vs. Etreby Computer Company et al., 
(Civ. No. BC435303) (“Rodriguez”).  The plaintiffs in Rodriguez purport to represent a class of California residents 
whose  individual  confidential  medical  information  was  allegedly  illegally  released  and  used  by  defendants,  and 
plaintiffs  also  purport  to  bring  their  claims  as  a  private  Attorney  General  action.    The  claims  asserted  in  the 
complaint  against  the  Company  defendants  include  negligence,  statutory  violations  and  violation  of  California 
Business and Professions Code, Sections 17200 et seq. covering unfair, unlawful and fraudulent business acts and 
practices.    The  statutory  violations  alleged by  plaintiffs purport  to  arise  out of  California  Civil  Code,  Sections 56 
through  56.37,  also  known  as  the  Confidentiality  of  Medical  Information  Act  (“CMIA”).    The  complaint  seeks 
compensatory  and  statutory  damages  under  the  CMIA,  equitable  and  injunctive  relief,  as  well  as  interest  and 
attorneys’ fees and costs, all in unspecified amounts.  The complaint was served on April 14, 2010, and no other 
activity has occurred in the action. 

On  October 3,  2008,  the  United  States  filed  a  complaint  in  intervention  in  a  pending  qui  tam  action  in  the 
United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Mississippi,  naming  as  defendants,  among  others,  the 
Company and its former indirect subsidiary, McKesson Medical-Surgical MediNet Inc. (“MediNet”), now merged 
into and doing business as McKesson Medical-Surgical MediMart Inc., United States v. McKesson Corporation, et 
al., (Civil Action No. 2:08-CV-00214-SA).  The United States asserts in its complaint claims based on violations of 
the federal False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C Sections 3729-33, in connection with billing and supply services rendered by 
MediNet to the long-term care facility operator co-defendants.  The action seeks monetary damages in an unstated 
amount.  On December 3, 2008, the Company and co-defendants filed motions to dismiss the complaint on grounds 
that  the  allegations  lacked  the  particularity  required  by  the  Federal  Rules  of  Procedure  and  on  grounds  that  the 
complaint failed to state a claim under the False Claims Act.  On September 29, 2009, the trial court denied those 
motions.  On July 7, 2009, all defendants filed motions to dismiss the action filed by the original Relator based on 
the contention that the Relator was not the original source of the claims, which he attempts to pursue in his qui tam 
action.  On March 25, 2010, the trial court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the Relator and his complaint.  
Discovery in the United States’ intervention action is expected to commence in the first quarter of 2011 and trial has 
been set for February 6, 2012.   

On July 14, 2006, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York 
against  McKesson,  two  McKesson  employees,  several  other  drug  wholesalers  and  numerous  drug  manufacturers, 
RxUSA  v.  Alcon  Laboratories  et  al.,  (Case  No. 06-CV-3447  -DRH).  Plaintiff  alleges  that  we,  along  with  various 
other defendants, unlawfully engaged in monopolization and attempted monopolization of the sale and distribution 
of  pharmaceutical  products  in  violation  of  the  federal  antitrust  laws,  as  well  as  in  violation  of  New  York  State’s 
Donnelly Act.  We are also alleged to have violated the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and our employees are alleged 
to have violated the Donnelly Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Sections 1962 (c) and (d) of the civil RICO statute.  
Plaintiff alleges generally that defendants have individually, and in concert with one another, taken actions to create 
and  maintain  a  monopoly  and  to  exclude  secondary  wholesalers,  such  as  the  plaintiff,  from  the  wholesale 
pharmaceutical  industry.    The  complaint  seeks  monetary  damages  of  approximately  $1.6 billion  and  also  seeks 
treble  damages,  attorneys’  fees  and  injunctive  relief.    All  defendants  filed  motions  to  dismiss  all  claims.    The 
motions were briefed and submitted to the trial court on March 13, 2007.  On September 24, 2009, the trial court 
issued its order granting “with prejudice” defendants’ motions to dismiss and on September 28, 2009, the trial court 
entered judgment dismissing all of plaintiff’s claims.  On October 23, 2009, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal in the 
United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking reversal of the trial court’s orders of dismissal and 
judgment.  The briefing on the appeal was completed on April 21, 2010, and it is not yet known whether the court 
will set the matter for oral argument or will issue its decision on the submitted papers. 

97 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On May 3, 2004, judgment was entered against the Company and one of our employees in the action captioned 
Roby v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Superior Court for Yolo County, California, Case No. CV01-573).  Former 
employee Charlene Roby (“Roby”) brought claims for wrongful termination, disability discrimination and disability-
based harassment against the Company and a claim for disability-based harassment against her former supervisor.  
The jury awarded Roby compensatory damages against the Company and against plaintiff’s supervisor in the total 
amount of $4 million and punitive damages in the amount of $15 million against the Company.  Following post-trial 
motions, the trial court reduced the amount of compensatory damages to $3 million, the punitive damages awarded 
against both defendants and the compensatory damages awarded against the individual employee defendant were not 
reduced.    Defendants  filed  a  Notice  of  Appeal,  seeking  reduction  or  reversal  of  the  compensatory  and  punitive 
damage  awards  and  the  award  of  attorneys’  fees.    On  December 26,  2006,  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Third 
Appellate District of California issued its decision reversing the verdict for harassment against Roby’s supervisor, 
reducing the compensatory damages from $3 million to $1 million and reducing punitive damages from $15 million 
to  $2 million.    Following  the  rejection  of  Roby’s  petition  for  rehearing  before  the  Court  of  Appeals,  plaintiff 
petitioned  for  review  by  the  California  Supreme  Court,  which  was  granted  on  April 18,  2007.    On  November 30, 
2009,  the  California  Supreme  Court  issued  its  decision  in  this  matter,  reducing  the  ratio  of  punitive  damages  to 
compensatory damages from that ordered by the California Court of Appeals, and reinstating the harassment claim 
previously stricken by the Court of Appeals with a revised award of $4 million, before interest.  Both parties filed 
petitions for rehearing before the California Supreme Court and those petitions were denied on February 12, 2010.  
McKesson has paid the revised award.  The only remaining issue to be resolved by the trial court relates to Roby’s 
claim for fees and costs on appeal. 

Between 1976 and 1987, the Company’s former McKesson Chemical Company division operated a repackaging 
facility in Santa Fe Springs, California.  The Company has been actively remediating the contamination at this site 
since  1994.  Angeles  Chemical  Company  (“Angeles”)  conducted  similar  repackaging  activities  at  its  property 
adjacent to the Company’s site between 1976 and 2000.  In late 2001, Angeles filed an action against McKesson, 
Angeles Chemical Company v. McKesson Corporation, et al.  (United States District Court for the Central District 
of  California  Case  No. 01-10532-TJH)  claiming  that  McKesson’s  contamination  migrated  to  Angeles’  property.  
The  causes  of  action  in  the  latest  complaint  purport  to  state  claims  based  on  the  federal  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (as amended, the “Superfund” law or its state law 
equivalent)  and  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act,  as  well  as  allege  various  state  law  claims,  such  as 
nuisance,  trespass,  negligence,  defamation,  interference  with  prospective  advantage,  unfair  business  practices  and 
for declaratory relief, among others.  Angeles seeks injunctive relief, as well as compensatory and punitive damages, 
attorneys’  fees  and  costs  in  an  unspecified  amount.    On  January  5,  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement 
agreement, which fully resolves all outstanding disputes between the Company and the Angeles parties.   

The Company is a defendant in approximately 519 cases alleging that the plaintiffs were injured by Vioxx, an 
anti-inflammatory drug manufactured by Merck & Company (“Merck”).  The cases typically assert causes of action 
for strict liability, negligence, breach of warranty and false advertising for improper design, testing, manufacturing 
and warnings relating to the manufacture and distribution of Vioxx.  None of the cases involving the Company is 
scheduled for trial.  The Company has tendered each of these cases to Merck and has reached an agreement with 
Merck to defend and indemnify the Company.  

The Company, through its former McKesson Chemical Company division, is named in approximately 450 cases 
involving  the  alleged  distribution  of  asbestos.    These  cases  typically  involve  either  single  or  multiple  plaintiffs 
claiming personal injuries and unspecified compensatory and punitive damages as a result of exposure to asbestos-
containing materials.  Pursuant to an indemnification agreement signed at the time of the 1987 sale of McKesson 
Chemical Company to what is now called Univar USA Inc. (“Univar”), the Company tendered each of these actions 
to Univar.  Univar subsequently raised questions concerning the extent of its obligations under the indemnification 
agreement.  Univar continued to defend the Company in some of these cases, but in February of 2005, Univar began 
rejecting  tenders  and  accordingly,  the  Company  incurred  defense  costs  and  de  minimis  settlement  costs  in 
connection  with  the  more  recently  served  actions.    The  Company  filed  an  arbitration  demand  against  Univar 
pursuant  to  the  indemnification  agreement  seeking  a  determination  that  the  liability  for  these  cases  is  Univar’s 
responsibility.  On February 9, 2010, the parties executed a settlement agreement, which provides that Univar will 
defend and indemnify the Company for all pending and future matters.  

98 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

IV. Government Investigations and Subpoenas 

From  time-to-time,  the  Company  receives  subpoenas  or  requests  for  information  from  various  government 
agencies.  The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a cooperative, thorough and timely 
manner.  These responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being 
incurred  by  the  Company.    Such  subpoenas  and  requests  also  can  lead  to  the  assertion  of  claims  or  the 
commencement  of  civil  or  criminal  legal  proceedings  against  the  Company  and other members  of  the  health  care 
industry,  as  well  as  to  settlements.    Examples  of  such  requests  and  subpoenas  include  the  following:  (1) the 
Company has responded to a request from the Federal Trade Commission for certain documents as part of a non-
public investigation to determine whether the Company may have engaged in anti-competitive practices with other 
wholesale  pharmaceutical  distributors  in  order  to  limit  competition  for  provider  customers  seeking  distribution 
services; (2) the Company has received and responded to a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General’s 
Office of the State of Tennessee related to an investigation into possible violations of the Tennessee Medicaid False 
Claims Act in connection with repackaged pharmaceuticals; (3) the Company has responded to a subpoena from the 
office of the Attorney General of the State of New York requesting documents and other information concerning its 
participation  in  the  secondary  or  “alternative  source”  market  for  pharmaceutical  products;  (4) the  Company  has 
received and have responded to subpoenas and requests for information from a number of Offices of state Attorney 
Generals or other state agencies, relating to the pricing, including FDB’s AWPs, for branded and generic drugs; and 
(5) the Company has completed its response to a subpoena, issued by the United States Attorney’s Office (“USAO”) 
in Houston, which seeks documents relating to billing and collection services performed by a Company subsidiary 
for  certain  healthcare  operations  associated  with  the  University  of  Texas  from  2004  through  the  dates  of  the 
subpoenas.  

As  previously  reported,  on  January 26,  2007,  the  Company  acquired  Per-Se  Technologies,  Inc.  (“Per-Se”), 
which became a wholly owned subsidiary.  Prior to its acquisition, Per-Se had publicly disclosed that in December 
2004,  the  SEC  issued  a  formal  order  of  investigation  relating  to  accounting  matters  at  NDCHealth  Corporation 
(“NDCHealth”),  a  then  public  company,  which  was  acquired  by  Per-Se  in  January 2006,  prior  to  the  Company’s 
acquisition of Per-Se. In March 2005, NDCHealth restated its financial statements for the fiscal years ended May 28, 
2004, May 30, 2003 and May 31, 2002, and for the fiscal quarters ended August 22, 2004, and August 29, 2005, to 
correct  errors  relating  to  certain  accounting  matters.  NDCHealth  produced  documents  to  the  SEC  and  fully 
cooperated with the SEC in its investigation.  The SEC has taken testimony from a number of current and former 
NDCHealth employees.  There has been no activity in this matter for some time and the SEC has taken no action 
against NDCHealth or its successor to date.  

V. Environmental Matters 

Primarily as a result of the operation of the Company’s former chemical businesses, which were fully divested 
by 1987, the company is involved in various matters pursuant to environmental laws and regulations.  The Company 
has  received  claims  and  demands  from  governmental  agencies  relating  to  investigative  and  remedial  actions 
purportedly required to address environmental conditions alleged to exist at eight sites where it, or entities acquired 
by  it,  formerly  conducted  operations  and  the  Company,  by  administrative  order  or  otherwise,  has  agreed  to  take 
certain  actions  at  those  sites,  including  soil  and  groundwater  remediation.    In  addition,  the  Company  is  one  of 
multiple recipients of a New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection Agency directive and a separate United 
States  Environmental  Protection  Agency  directive  relating  to  potential  natural  resources  damages  (“NRD”) 
associated with one of these eight sites.  Although the Company’s potential allocation under either directive cannot 
be  determined  at  this  time,  it  has  agreed  to  participate  with  a  potentially  responsible  party  (“PRP”)  group  in  the 
funding of an NRD assessment, the costs of which are reflected in the aggregate estimates set forth below.  

Based  on  a  determination  by  the  Company’s  environmental  staff,  in  consultation  with  outside  environmental 
specialists  and  counsel,  the  current  estimate  of  reasonably  possible  remediation  costs  for  these  eight  sites  is 
$8.4 million,  net  of  approximately  $1.9 million  that  third  parties  have  agreed  to  pay  in  settlement  or  is  expected, 
based  either  on  agreements  or  nonrefundable  contributions  which  are  ongoing,  to  be  contributed  by  third  parties.  
The $8.4 million is expected to be paid out between April 2010 and March 2030.  The Company’s estimated liability 
for these environmental matters has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  

99 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In addition, the Company has been designated as a PRP under the Superfund law for environmental assessment 
and cleanup costs as the result of its alleged disposal of hazardous substances at 18 sites.  With respect to these sites, 
numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and while the current state of the law potentially imposes joint 
and several liability upon PRPs, as a practical matter, costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs.  The 
estimated liability at those 18 sites is approximately $0.9 million. The aggregate settlements and costs paid by the 
Company  in  Superfund  matters  to  date  have  not  been  significant.  The  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets 
include this environmental liability.  

VI. Other Matters  

The Company is involved in various other litigation and governmental proceedings, not described above, that 
arise in the normal course of business. While it is not possible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome or 
the duration of any such litigation or governmental proceedings, the Company believes, based on current knowledge 
and the advice of counsel, that such litigation and proceedings will not have a material impact on the Company’s 
financial position or results of operations.   

19.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Each  share  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  is  permitted  one  vote  on  proposals  presented  to 
stockholders and is entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the 
“Board”).   

Share Repurchase Plans 

In  April  2010,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $1.0 billion  of  the  Company’s 
common stock.  Stock repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated 
transactions, through accelerated share repurchase programs, or by any combination of such methods.  The timing of 
any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock 
price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic 
conditions.  Information regarding our share repurchase activity is as follows: 

Share Repurchases (1) 

(In millions, except price per share data) 
Balance, March 31, 2007 
Share repurchase plans approved: 

April 2007 
September 2007 
Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2008 
Share repurchase plan approved: 

April 2008 

Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2009 
Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2010 

Total  
Number of Shares 
Purchased (2) (3) 

Average Price Paid 
Per Share 

28 

  $ 

59.48 

10 

  $ 

50.52 

8 

  $ 

41.47 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Programs 

  $ 

— 

1,000 
1,000 
(1,686) 
314 

1,000 
(484) 
830 
(299) 
531 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1)  This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee 

stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.   

(2)  All of the shares purchased were part of the publicly announced programs.   
(3)  The number of shares purchased reflects rounding adjustments. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  During the second quarter of 2009, all of 
the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price 
over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a 
decrease to retained earnings.   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Information regarding our other comprehensive income (loss) is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Unrealized net loss and other components of benefit plans, net of tax 
Translation adjustments 
Total 

March 31, 

2010 
(162) 
168 
6 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 
(109) 
(70) 
(179) 

$ 

$ 

20.  Related Party Balances and Transactions 

Notes  receivable  outstanding  from  certain  of  our  current  and  former  officers  and  senior  managers  totaled 
$16 million  at  March  31,  2010  and  2009.    These  notes  related  to  purchases  of  common  stock  under  our  various 
employee stock purchase plans.  The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 4.7% to 7.1% and were due at various 
dates through February 2004.  Interest income on these notes is recognized only to the extent that cash is received.  
These notes, which are included in other capital in the consolidated balance sheets, were issued for amounts equal to 
the market value of the stock on the date of the purchase and are at full recourse to the borrower.  At March 31, 
2010, the value of the underlying stock collateral was $12 million.  The collectability of these notes is evaluated on 
an ongoing basis.  At March 31, 2010 and 2009, we provided a reserve of approximately $4 million and $9 million 
for the outstanding notes.  Other receivable balances held with related parties, consisting of loans made to certain 
officers and senior managers and an equity-held investment, amounted to nil and $1 million at March 31, 2010 and 
2009.   

We incurred $11 million in 2010 and $10 million in 2009 and 2008 of annual rental expense paid to an equity-

held investment.   

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

21.  Segments of Business 

We  report  our  operations  in  two  operating  segments:  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  and  McKesson 
Technology  Solutions.    The  factors  for  determining  the  reportable  segments  included  the  manner  in  which 
management  evaluates  the  performance  of  the  Company  combined  with  the  nature  of  the  individual  business 
activities.  We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on operating profit before interest expense, 
income taxes and results from discontinued operations.   

The  Distribution  Solutions  segment  distributes  ethical  and  proprietary  drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and 
equipment  and  health  and beauty  care  products  throughout North  America.    This  segment  also  provides  specialty 
pharmaceutical  solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  sells  financial,  operational  and  clinical 
solutions for pharmacies (retail, hospital, long-term care) and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services.  
This  segment  includes  a  49%  interest  in  Nadro,  S.A.  de  C.V.  (“Nadro”),  one  of  the  leading  pharmaceutical 
distributors  in  Mexico  and  a  39%  interest  in  Parata,  which  sells  automated  pharmacy  and  supply  management 
systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient  pharmacies. 

The  Technology  Solutions  segment  delivers  enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain, 
strategic  management  software  solutions, pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity,  outsourcing 
and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations.  The segment also 
includes  our  Payor  group  of  businesses,  which  includes  our  InterQual®  claims  payment  solutions,  medical 
management software businesses and our care management programs.  The segment’s customers include hospitals, 
physicians,  homecare  providers,  retail  pharmacies  and  payors  from  North  America,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland, 
other European countries, Asia Pacific and Israel.   

Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are classified in one of three categories: services, software and 
software  systems  and  hardware.    Services  revenues  primarily  include  fees  associated  with  installing  our  software 
and  software  systems,  as  well  as  revenues  associated  with  software  maintenance  and  support,  remote  processing, 
disease and medical management, and other outsourcing and professional services.  Software and software systems 
revenues  primarily  include  revenues  from  licensing  our  software  and  software  systems,  including  the  segment’s 
clinical auditing and compliance and InterQual® businesses.   

Corporate  includes  expenses  associated  with  Corporate  functions  and  projects,  certain  employee  benefits  and 
the  results  of  certain  equity-held  investments.    Corporate  expenses  are  allocated  to  the  operating  segments  to  the 
extent that these items can be directly attributable to the segment. 

102 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial information relating to the reportable operating segments is presented below: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Distribution Solutions (1) 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services (2) 
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 
Total 

Operating profit (3) 
Distribution Solutions (4) 
Technology Solutions (2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total 
Corporate 
Litigation credit, net 
Interest expense 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes  $ 
Depreciation and amortization (5) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

$ 

$ 

Expenditures for long-lived assets (6) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Segment assets, at year end 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Total 
Corporate 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

72,210 
21,435 
93,645 
9,072 
2,861 
105,578 

2,439 
571 
114 
3,124 
108,702 

1,988 
385 
2,373 
(342) 
20 
(187) 
1,864 

199 
212 
63 
474 

95 
31 
73 
199 

19,803 
3,635 
23,438 

3,731 
1,020 
28,189 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
- 
(144) 
1,064 

177 
205 
59 
441 

83 
43 
69 
195 

18,674 
3,606 
22,280 

2,109 
878 
25,267 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

60,436 
27,668 
88,104 
8,106 
2,509 
98,719 

2,240 
591 
153 
2,984 
101,703 

1,483 
319 
1,802 
(208) 
5 
(142) 
1,457 

144 
180 
47 
371 

96 
54 
45 
195 

18,382 
3,797 
22,179 

1,362 
1,062 
24,603 

(1)  Revenues derived from services represent less than 1% of this segment’s total revenues for 2010, 2009 and 2008.   
(2)  Revenues  and  operating  profit  for  2008  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  reflect  the  recognition  of  $21 million  of 
disease  management  deferred  revenues  for  which  expenses  associated  with  these  revenues  were  previously  recognized  as 
incurred. 

(3)  Operating profit includes net earnings of $7 million, $7 million and $21 million from equity investments in 2010, 2009 and 

2008.  These earnings are primarily recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

(4)  Operating  profit  for  2010  includes  a  $17 million  pre-tax  gain  on  the  sale  of  our  50%  equity  interest  in  MLS.    Operating 
profit  for  2009  includes  the  following  pre-tax  items:  a  $63 million  charge  to  write-down  two  equity-held  investments,  a 
$493 million charge associated with the AWP litigation and a $24 million pre-tax gain on the sale of our 42% equity interest 
in Verispan.   

(5)  Depreciation  and  amortization  includes  amortization  of  intangibles,  capitalized  software  held  for  sale  and  capitalized 

software for internal use. 

(6)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revenues and property, plant and equipment by geographic areas were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
United States 
International 

Total 

Property, plant and equipment, net, at year end 
United States 
International 

Total 

2010 

99,387 
9,315 
108,702 

764 
87 
851 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2009 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

98,194 
8,438 
106,632 

719 
77 
796 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

93,389 
8,314 
101,703 

695 
80 
775 

International  operations  primarily  consist  of  our  operations  in  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European  countries,  Asia  Pacific  and  Israel.    We  also  have  an  equity-held  investment  (Nadro)  in  Mexico.    Net 
revenues were attributed to geographic areas based on the customers’ shipment locations. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded) 

22.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2010 
Revenues 
Gross profit  
Net income (1) 
Earnings per common share (1) 

Diluted 
Basic 

Fiscal 2009 
Revenues 
Gross profit  
Net income (2)(3)(4)(5) 
Earnings per common share (2)(3)(4)(5)  

$ 

Diluted 
Basic 

First  
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter  

Year 

  $ 

$ 

26,657 
1,303 
288 

1.06 
1.07 

26,704 
1,268 
235 

0.83 
0.85 

  $ 

27,130 
1,335 
301 

1.11 
1.13 

26,574 
1,302 
327 

1.17 
1.19 

  $ 

  $ 

28,272 
1,455 
326 

1.19 
1.21 

27,130 
1,343 
(20) 

(0.07) 
(0.07) 

  $ 

26,643 
1,583 
348 

  $  108,702 
5,676 
1,263 

1.26 
1.29 

4.62 
4.70 

  $ 

26,224 
1,465 
281 

  $  106,632 
5,378 
823 

1.01 
1.03 

2.95 
2.99 

(1)  Financial results for the third quarter and full year 2010 include a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) on sale of 

our 50% interest in MLS. 

(2)  Financial results for the second quarter and full year 2009 include a $24 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) on sale 

of our 42% interest in Verispan. 

(3)  Financial results for the second and fourth quarters and full year 2009 include $67 million, $22 million and $89 million of 
income tax credits related to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related interest expense as a result 
of the lapsing of the statutes of limitations. 

(4)  Financial  results  for  the  third  quarter  and  full  year  2009  include  a  $493 million  pre-tax  charge  ($311 million  after-tax) 

associated with the AWP litigation.   

(5)  Financial  results  for  the  fourth  quarter  and  full  year  2009  include  a  $63 million  pre-tax  impairment  charge  ($60 million 

after-tax) associated with two equity-held investments. 

23.  Subsequent Events 

In April 2010, our Technology Solutions segment entered into a definitive agreement to sell its wholly-owned 
subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty Limited, a provider of phone and web-based healthcare services in Australia 
and  New  Zealand.    This  agreement  is  the  result  of  an  unsolicited  purchase  offer.    The  divestiture  is  subject  to 
regulatory  approval.    Upon  completion  of  the  sale,  any  gain  will  be  reported  as  “discontinued  operations”  in  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

On May 4, 2010, we received $51 million cash proceeds representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust 
class action lawsuit.  This will be recorded as a reduction of cost of sales in our consolidated statement of operations 
in the first quarter of 2011.   

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  with  the  participation  of  other  members  of  the 
Company’s management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” 
(as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
report,  and  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  based  on  their  evaluation  of 
these controls and procedures as required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management’s  report  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) and the related report of our independent registered public accounting 
firm are included on page 51 and page 52 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings, “Management’s 
Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting”  and  “Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference.   

Changes in Internal Controls 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the 
evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the most recent 
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that have materially affected, or 
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not applicable. 

106 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information  about  our  Directors  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  Item  1  of  our  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2010  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  heading  “Election  of 
Directors.”  Information about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from 
the  discussion  under  the  heading  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our  Proxy 
Statement.    Information  about  our  Audit  Committee,  including  the  members  of  the  committee  and  our  Audit 
Committee Financial Expert, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings “Audit Committee 
Report” and “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in our Proxy Statement.   

Information  about  the  Code  of  Ethics  governing  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
Controller  and  Financial  Managers  can  be  found  on  our  Web  site,  www.mckesson.com,  under  the  Investors  – 
Corporate  Governance  tab.    The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  and  Charters  for  the  Audit  and 
Compensation  Committees  and  the  Committee  on  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  can  also  be  found  on  our 
Web site under the Investors – Corporate Governance tab. 

The Company intends to disclose required information regarding any amendment to or waiver under the Code 
of Ethics referred to above by posting such information on our Web site within four business days after any such 
amendment or waiver.   

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information  with  respect  to  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  the  heading 

“Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement.  

Item 12. 

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference 

from the discussion under the heading “Principal Stockholders” in our Proxy Statement. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  March  31,  2010  with  respect  to  the  plans  under  which  the 

Company’s common stock is authorized for issuance: 

Plan Category 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders(2) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by

security holders(4) 

Number of securities
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options,
warrants and rights 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights (1) 

15.8 

  $ 

3.9 

43.50 

34.27 

Number of securities 
remaining available for
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
the first column) 

23.7(3) 

(1)  The  weighted-average  exercise  price  set  forth  in  this  column  is  calculated  excluding  outstanding  restricted  stock  unit 
(“RSU”) awards, since recipients are not required to pay an exercise price to receive the shares subject to these awards.   
(2)  Represents option and RSU awards, outstanding under the following plans: (i) 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; 

(ii) 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan; and (iii) the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(3)  Represents  3,254,030  shares  that  remained  available  for  purchase  under  the  2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  and 

20,464,898 shares available for grant under the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(4)  Represents  options  and  RSU  awards  outstanding  under  the  following  plans:    (i)  1999  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock 

Plan; and (ii) the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan.  No further awards will be made under any of these plans.   

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

The following are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The 
plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, except for the portion of the 2005 
Stock Plan related to Non-Employee Directors, which is administered by the Committee on Directors and Corporate 
Governance. 

2005 Stock Plan:  The 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 25, 2005 and approved 
by the Company’s stockholders on July 27, 2005.  The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million 
shares  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  (“RS”),  RSUs,  performance-based  restricted  stock  units 
(“PeRSUs”)  and other  share-based  awards.    For  any  one share of  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  a  RS, 
RSU, PeRSU or other share-based award, two shares shall be deducted from the shares available for future grants.  
Shares of common stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net exercise of a stock option, shares used to pay 
the  withholding  taxes  related  to  a  stock  award  or  shares  repurchased  on  the  open  market  with  proceeds  from  the 
exercise of options shall not be returned to the reserve of shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan.   

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 
generally have a contractual term of seven years.  Prior to 2005, stock options typically had a contractual term of ten 
years.  Options generally become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant 
date  or  after  four  years  from  the  date  of  grant.    The  vesting  of  RS  or  RSUs  is  determined  by  the  Compensation 
Committee at the time of grant.  RS and RSUs generally vest over four years.  Vesting of PeRSUs ranges from one 
to  three-year  periods  following  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  follow  the  graded  or  cliff  method  of 
vesting.   

Non-employee directors may be granted an award on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders for up 
to 5,000 RSUs, as determined by the Board.  Such non-employee director award is fully vested on the date of the 
grant.   

2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”):  The  ESPP  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  “employee  stock 
purchase  plan”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    In  March  2002,  the  Board 
amended the ESPP to allow for participation in the plan by employees of certain of the Company’s international and 
certain  other  subsidiaries.    As  to  those  employees,  the  ESPP  does  not  qualify  under  Section  423  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  Currently, 16 million shares have been approved by stockholders for issuance under the ESPP. 

The  ESPP  is  implemented  through  a  continuous  series  of  three-month  purchase  periods  (“Purchase  Periods”) 

during which contributions can be made toward the purchase of common stock under the plan. 

Each eligible employee may elect to authorize regular payroll deductions during the next succeeding Purchase 
Period,  the  amount  of  which  may  not  exceed  15%  of  a  participant’s  compensation.    At  the  end  of  each  Purchase 
Period,  the  funds  withheld  by  each  participant  will  be  used  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  
The purchase price of each share of the Company’s common stock is based on 85% of the fair market value of each 
share  on  the  last  day  of  the  applicable  Purchase  Period.    In  general,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common 
stock that may be purchased by a participant for each calendar year is determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair 
market value of one share of common stock on the offering date. 

The  following  are  descriptions  of  equity  plans  that  have  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 

stockholders: 

On  July  27,  2005,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  2005  Stock  Plan  which  had  the  effect  of 
terminating the 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan and certain 
1999  one-time  stock  option  plan  awards,  which  plans  had  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders, and the 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan, which had previously 
been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  Prior grants under these plans include stock options, RS and RSUs.  
Stock options under the terminated plans generally have a ten-year life and vest over four years.  RS contains certain 
restrictions  on  transferability  and  may  not  be  transferred  until  such  restrictions  lapse.    Each  of  these  plans  has 
outstanding equity grants, which are subject to the terms and conditions of their respective plans, but no new grants 
will be made under these terminated plans. 

108 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 
Statement under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”  Additional information regarding 
certain related party balances and transactions is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on 
Form  10-K  and  Financial  Note  20,  “Related  Party  Balances  and  Transactions,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information  regarding  principal  accounting  fees  and  services  is  set  forth  under  the  heading  “Ratification  of 
Appointment  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  as  the  Company’s  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  for 
Fiscal 2011” in our Proxy Statement and all such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

109 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule 

(a)(1)   Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................................................

Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Page 

52 

53 

54 

55 

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts .....................................................................................

112 

All other schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of conditions under which 
they are required or because the required information, where material, is shown in the financial 
statements, financial notes or supplementary financial information. 

(a)(3)   Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those 
incorporated by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index..................................................

113 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Dated:  May 4, 2010 

MCKESSON CORPORATION 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

On behalf of the Registrant and pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this 

report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated: 

* 

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

* 

Jeffrey C. Campbell  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Andy D. Bryant, Director 

Wayne A. Budd, Director 

Alton F. Irby III, Director 

* 

* 

* 

* 

M. Christine Jacobs, Director 

Marie L. Knowles,  Director  

* 

* 

* 

David M. Lawrence, M.D., Director  

Edward A. Mueller, Director 

* 

* 

Jane E. Shaw, Director 

/s/ Laureen E. Seeger 

Laureen E. Seeger 
*Attorney-in-Fact 

Dated: May 4, 2010 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SCHEDULE II 

SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
For the Years Ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(In millions) 

Description 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts (3) 

Deductions 
From 
Allowance 
Accounts (1) 

Balance at 
End of  
Year (2) 

Additions 

Year Ended March 31, 2010 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 
Other allowances ........................  
$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2009 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 

Other allowances ........................  
$ 

152 
12 
164 

  $ 

  $ 

163 
9 
172 

  $ 

  $ 

Year Ended March 31, 2008 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 

Other allowances ........................  

139 
11 

  $ 

$ 

150 

  $ 

17 
6 
23 

27 
6 
33 

41 
— 

41 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

7 
10 
17 

3 
1 
4 

17 
— 

17 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(45) 
(4) 
(49) 

  $ 

  $ 

(41) 
(4) 
(45) 

  $ 

  $ 

(34) 
(2) 

  $ 

  $ 

(36) 

  $ 

131 
24 
155 

152 
12 
164 

163 
9 

172 

(1)  Deductions: 
  Written off ..........................................................................$ 
Operation sold..................................................................... 
Credited to other accounts................................................... 
Total....................................................................................$ 

2010 

2009 

2008 

49 
— 
— 
49 

  $ 

  $ 

27 
6 
12 
45 

  $ 

  $ 

32 
- 
2 
34 

Amounts shown as deductions from current and non-

(2) 

current receivables ..........................................................$ 

155 

  $ 

164 

  $ 

172 

(3)  Primarily represents reclassifications from other balance sheet accounts. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

The agreements included as exhibits to this report are included to provide information regarding their terms and 
not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the 
agreements.    The  agreements  may  contain  representations  and  warranties  by  each  of  the  parties  to  the  applicable 
agreement that were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and; 

• 

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk 
to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; 

•  may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what  may be viewed as material to you or 

other investors; and 

•  were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the 

agreement and are subject to more recent developments. 

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 

were made or at any other time.  

Exhibits identified under “Incorporated by Reference” in the table below are on file with the Commission and 

are incorporated by reference as exhibits hereto. 

Exhibit 
Number 
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Description 

Amended and Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of the Company as filed with the 
Delaware Secretary of State on July 25, 2007. 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the 
Company, dated as of April 22, 2009. 

Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997, between 
the Company, as Issuer, and The First National 
Bank of Chicago, as Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2002, between
the Company, as Issuer, and the Bank of New 
York, as Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, by and 
between the Company, as Issuer, and The Bank 
of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

10.1*  McKesson Corporation 1994 Stock Option and 
Restricted Stock Plan as amended through July 
31, 2001. 

10.2*  McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock Option and 
Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through May 
26, 2004. 

10.3*  McKesson Corporation 1997 Non-Employee 
Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral 
Plan, as amended through January 29, 2003. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-Q 

3.1 

Filing Date 
October 31, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

3.2 

April 28, 2009 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.4 

June 19, 1997 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.6 

June 12, 2002 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.1 

March 5, 2007 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 12, 2002 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.2 

May 7, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 10, 2004 

10.4*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

June 6, 2003 

Sharing Investment Plan, as amended and 
restated on January 29, 2003. 

10.5*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit 
Sharing Investment Plan II, as amended and 
restated on October 24, 2008. 

113 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1  October 29, 2008 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

10.6*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 

Administration Plan, amended and restated 
effective October 28, 2004. 

10.7*   McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 
Administration Plan II, as amended and restated 
effective October 28, 2004, including 
Amendment No. 1 thereto effective July 25, 
2007. 

10.8*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 
Administration Plan III, as amended and restated
on October 24, 2008. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-K 

10.6 

Filing Date 
May 13, 2005 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.7 

May 7, 2008 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2  October 29, 2008 

10.9*  McKesson Corporation 1994 Option Gain 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.8 

May 13, 2005 

Deferral Plan, as amended and restated as of 
October 28, 2004. 

10.10*  McKesson Corporation Executive Benefit 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3  October 29, 2008 

Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on 
October 24, 2008. 

10.11*  McKesson Corporation Executive Survivor 
Benefits Plan, as amended and restated as of 
January 20, 2010.  

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

January 25, 2010 

10.12*  McKesson Corporation Severance Policy for 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.12 

May 5, 2009 

Executive Employees, as amended and restated 
on December 29, 2008.  

10.13*  McKesson Corporation Change in Control 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.13 

May 5, 2009 

Policy for Selected Executive Employees, as 
amended and restated on April 21, 2009. 

10.14*†  McKesson Corporation 2005 Management 

— 

— 

— 

Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on April 
20, 2010.  

10.15*†  Form of Statement of Terms and Conditions 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Applicable to Awards Pursuant to the McKesson 
Corporation 2005 Management Incentive Plan, 
effective April 20, 2010. 

10.16*  McKesson Corporation Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated on October 24, 
2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.6  October 29, 2008 

10.17*  McKesson Corporation Stock Purchase Plan, as 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.19 

June 6, 2003 

amended through July 31, 2002. 

10.18*†  McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as 

amended and restated on April 20, 2010. 

10.19*†  Forms of (i) Statement of Standard Terms and 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Conditions applicable to Options, Restricted 
Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance 
Shares, (ii) Stock Option Grant Notice and (iii) 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, under the 
McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as 
amended and restated on April 20, 2010. 

114 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-Q 

10.1 

Filing Date 
July 28, 2009 

Exhibit 
Number 
10.20 

Description 

Second Amended and Restated Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2009, 
among the Company, as servicer, CGSF Funding
Corporation, as seller, the several conduit 
purchasers from time to time party to the 
Agreement, the several committed purchasers 
from time to time party to the Agreement, the 
several managing agents from time to time party 
to the Agreement, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A., as collateral agent. 

10.21  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

June 14, 2007 

as of June 8, 2007 among the Company and 
McKesson Canada Corporation, collectively, the 
Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. 
(acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian 
Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank 
and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as 
Co-Syndication Agents, Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as L/C Issuer, The Bank of
Nova Scotia and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi 
UFJ, LTD., Seattle branch, as Co-
Documentation Agents, and The Other Lenders 
Party Hereto Banc of America Securities LLC, 
as sole lead arranger and sole book manager. 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 
2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and 
General Electric Capital Corporation. 

Services Agreement, dated as of December 31, 
2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and 
General Electric Capital Corporation. 

Interim Credit Agreement, dated as of January 
26, 2007, among the Company, Bank of America
N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as Syndication Agent, the 
other Lenders party there to, and Banc of 
America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital 
Markets, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint
Book Managers. 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.41 

June 6, 2003 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.42 

June 6, 2003 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

January 26, 2007 

10.25*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.10  October 29, 2008 

dated as of November 1, 2008, by and between 
the Company and its Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer. 

10.26*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.12  October 29, 2008 

dated as of November 1, 2008, by and between 
the Company and its Executive Vice President 
and Group President. 

10.27*†  Form of Director and Officer Indemnity 

Agreement. 

12† 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed 
Charges. 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

115 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit 
Number 
21† 

23† 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Description 

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP. 

24† 

Power of Attorney. 

31.1†  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant

to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Filing Date 
— 

— 

— 

— 

31.2†  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant 

— 

— 

— 

— 

to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32†† 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

— 

— 

— 

— 

*  Management  contract  or  compensation  plan  or  arrangement  in  which  directors  and/or  executive  officers  are 

eligible to participate. 

†  Filed herewith. 
††  Furnished herewith. 
††† Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this exhibit and such confidential portions have 

been filed with the Commission. 

Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of each instrument defining the rights of 
security holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the registrant, the authorized principal amount of which 
does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant. 

116 

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, John H. Hammergren, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:   

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I  have disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 4, 2010 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Jeffrey C. Campbell, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:   

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I  have disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 4, 2010 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In connection with the annual report of McKesson Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March  31,  2010  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  the 
undersigned, in the capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge: 

1.  The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section 13(a)  or 15(d)  of  the Securities  Exchange  Act of 

1934; and 

2.  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
May 4, 2010 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
May 4, 2010 

This  certification  accompanies  the  Report  pursuant  to  §  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  and  shall  not, 
except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for the purposes 
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to McKesson Corporation and 
will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 

GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION 

Appendix A 

A reconciliation between our net income per diluted common share as reported under U. S. generally accepted 
accounting  principles  (“GAAP”)  and  our  net  income  per  diluted  common  share,  excluding  adjustments  for  the 
litigation charge (credit), net is as follows: 

(In millions except per share data) 
Net income, as reported 
Exclude: 

2010 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

2006 

$ 

1,263 

  $ 

823 

  $ 

990 

  $ 

913 

  $ 

751 

Litigation charge (credit), net   
Income tax expense (benefit), 

net 

Income tax reserve reversal 
Litigation charge (credit), net 

of tax 

Net income, excluding litigation 

(20)     

493 

(5)     

(6)     

8 
— 

(182)     
— 

2 
— 

2 
(83)     

(12)     

311 

(3)     

(87)     

45 

(15)
— 

30 

charge (credit), net 

$ 

1,251 

  $ 

1,134 

  $ 

987 

  $ 

826 

  $ 

781 

Diluted earnings per common 
share, excluding litigation 
charge (credit), net (1) 

$ 

4.58 

  $ 

4.07 

  $ 

3.31 

  $ 

2.71 

  $ 

2.48 

Shares on which diluted earnings 
per common share, excluding 
the litigation charge (credit), 
net were based 

273 

279 

298 

305 

316 

(1)  For 2006, interest expense, net of related income taxes, of $1 million has been added to net income, excluding the litigation 
charges, for purpose of calculating diluted earnings per common share.  This calculation also includes the impact of dilutive 
securities (stock options, convertible junior subordinated debentures, and restricted stock). 

These pro forma amounts are non-GAAP financial measures.  We use these measures internally when assessing 
the performance of the organization, our operating segments and our senior management team and consider these 
results to be useful to investors as they provide relevant benchmarks of core operating performance.  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
McKesson Corporation

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE OFFICERS

COMMON STOCK

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Offi cer,
McKesson Corporation

Andy D. Bryant
Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Offi cer,
Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd
Senior Counsel,
Goodwin Procter LLP

Alton F. Irby III
Chairman and Founding Partner,
London Bay Capital

M. Christine Jacobs
Chairman of the Board, President 
and Chief Executive Offi cer,
Theragenics Corporation

Marie L. Knowles
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Offi cer, Retired,
Atlantic Richfi eld Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D.
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Offi cer, Retired,
Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. 
and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals

Edward A. Mueller
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Offi cer,
Qwest Communications 
International, Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board,
Intel Corporation;
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Offi cer, Retired,
Aerogen, Inc.

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Offi cer

Patrick J. Blake
Executive Vice President and 
Group President

Jeffrey C. Campbell
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Offi cer

Jorge L. Figueredo
Executive Vice President,
Human Resources

Paul C. Julian
Executive Vice President and 
Group President

Marc E. Owen
Executive Vice President, 
Corporate Strategy and
Business Development

Laureen E. Seeger
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Chief Compliance Offi cer

Randall N. Spratt
Executive Vice President,
Chief Technology Offi cer and 
Chief Information Offi cer

Nicholas A. Loiacono
Vice President and Treasurer

Nigel A. Rees
Vice President and Controller

Willie C. Bogan
Secretary

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock 
Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables 
carried by most newspapers.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

BNY MELLON Shareowner Services, 480 Washington Boulevard, 
Newport Offi ce Center VII, 29th Floor, Jersey City, NJ 07310 acts 
as transfer agent, registrar, dividend-paying agent, and dividend 
reinvestment plan agent for McKesson Corporation stock and 
maintains all registered stockholder records for the Company. 
For information about McKesson Corporation stock or to request 
replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certifi cates, 1099-DIVs, 
or to have your dividend check deposited directly into your checking 
or savings account, stockholders may call BNY MELLON Shareowner 
Services’ telephone response center at (866) 216-0306, weekdays 
generally from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. ET. For the hearing impaired, 
call (888) 269-5221. From outside the United States, call (201) 680-
6578. BNY MELLON Shareowner Services also has a website — 
http://www.melloninvestor.com/isd — that stockholders may use 
24 hours a day to request account information.

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Dividends are generally paid on the fi rst business day of January, April, 
July, and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common 
stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in an 
individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan account is held in book entry 
form at the Company’s transfer agent, BNY MELLON Shareowner 
Services. For more information, or to request an enrollment form, call 
BNY MELLON Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 
216-0306, weekdays generally from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. ET. From 
outside the United States, call (201) 680-6578.

ANNUAL MEETING

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 
8:30 a.m. PDT, on Wednesday, July 28, 2010, at the Palace Hotel, Twin 
Peaks Ballroom, 2 New Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California.

McKesson Corporation
One Post Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

www.mckesson.com

© 2010 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved. CORP-02161-06-10